TR8500 series
Online Manual
Basic Operation
Network
Maintenance
Overview of the Machine
Information about Paper
Printing
Copying
Scanning
Faxing
Frequently Asked Questions
List of Support Code for Error
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Basic Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Printing Photos from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Printing Photos from Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Another Printer Found with Same Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Memory Card, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
65
Paper Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loading Paper in the Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Where to Load Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Before Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
Removing the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
110
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Adjusting Print Head Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
123
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
139
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
152
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
159
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Confirming that the Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
179
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
180
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
FAX settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
183
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
188
Device user settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Printing from Application Software (AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Printing Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Adding AirPrint Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
How to Open AirPrint Printer Settings Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Display the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Removing AirPrint Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240
Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
242
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
254
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Scanning from Computer (AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Preparing for Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Connecting Telephone Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Setting Telephone Line Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Setting Receive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Setting Sender Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Registering Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Registering Recipients in Group Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Changing Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Deleting Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
312
Printing List of Registered Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
315
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
321
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
323
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Setting Items for Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Sending Faxes from Computer (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
336
Sending Faxes Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
General Notes (Fax Transmission Using AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
343
Changing Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Memory Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Other Useful Fax Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Document Stored in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Printing Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
356
Saving Document in Printer's Memory to Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
367
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Power Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's Wireless LAN Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Wireless LAN Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Wireless Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking LAN Cable and Router. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's Wired LAN Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
390
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Network Key Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
396
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings. . . . . . . . . . . 398
Other Network Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Checking Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
404
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Printing Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
No Ink Comes Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
414
Lines Are Misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
418
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Scanning Problems (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
423
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
426
Faxing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Problems Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Cannot Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Problems Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Quality of Received Fax is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
437
Telephone Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Cannot Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Telephone Disconnects During a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Power Does Not Come On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
442
Power Shuts Off By Itself. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
446
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
An Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
452
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
461
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
1304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
1313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Using Online Manual
Operating Environment
Symbols Used in This Document
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
Printing Online Manual
Trademarks and Licenses
Screenshots in This Manual
11
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information. To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product,
be sure to read these indications.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
12
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
13
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. macOS is a trademarks
of Apple Inc.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Play, Google Drive,
Google Apps and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
• Adobe, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are
either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or
other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
14
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
15
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
16
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) ----Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
17
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) ----Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
18
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
19
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
20
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
21
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
----------------------------------------------------------Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
22
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
23
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
24
Basic Operation
Printing Photos from a Computer
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
Copying
Printing Photos from Memory Card
Faxing
25
Printing Photos from a Computer
This section describes how to print photos with My Image Garden.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.
26
5. Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed
on the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
27
7. Open the operation panel (F), pull out the paper output tray (G) and paper output support
(H), and open the output tray extension (I).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
8. Click the My Image Garden icon (J) in Quick Menu.
The Guide Menu screen is displayed.
Note
• The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region, the registered printer/
scanner and the installed applications.
9. Click the Photo Print icon (K).
28
10. Click the folder (L) with photos you want to print.
11. Click the photos (M) you want to print.
For Windows:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key.
For Mac OS:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key.
12. Click Print (N).
13. Specify the number of copies, etc.
For Windows:
Specify the number of copies, your printer name, media type, etc.
29
For Mac OS:
Specify the number of copies.
14. Start printing.
For Windows:
Click Print.
For Mac OS:
Click Print.
When the Print dialog starts, specify your printer name, paper size, etc., then click Print.
Note
• My Image Garden lets you use images on your computer, such as photos taken with a digital camera, in
a number of ways.
• For Windows:
My Image Garden Guide
• For Mac OS:
My Image Garden Guide
• If your printer is not displayed on Mac OS, the AirPrint setting in My Image Garden may not be correct.
For details on how to set correctly, refer to a heading for AirPrint-enabled Printer on below page.
Making Settings According to Printer Status
30
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
This section describes how to print photos with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
For details on how to download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, see below.
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.
31
5. Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed
on the LCD.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
32
7. Open the operation panel (F), pull out the paper output tray (G) and paper output support
(H), and open the output tray extension (I).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
8. Start
(Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY) from your smartphone/tablet.
9. Select Photo Print on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
The list of photos saved on your smartphone/tablet is displayed.
10. Select a photo.
You can also select multiple photos at once.
11. Specify the number of copies, paper size, etc.
12. Select Print.
33
Copying
This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper loaded in the cassette.
1. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
2. Remove the cassette cover (B).
3. To load A4 sized paper in the cassette, press down the lock (C) on the cassette, then
extend the cassette.
34
Important
• Do not extend the cassette when loading other than A4 sized paper in the cassette.
4. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.
5. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper length and width.
6. Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.
35
After inserting the cassette into the printer, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is
displayed on the touch screen.
7. Select the size of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size, and then select Register.
8. Open the operation panel (E), pull out the paper output tray (F) and paper output support
(G), and open the output tray extension (H).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
36
9. Select
10. Select
Copy (I) on the HOME screen.
Standard copy.
11. Open the document cover (J).
12. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with the
alignment mark (K).
37
13. Close the document cover.
14. Confirm the paper settings, then press the Black button (L) or Color button (M).
Important
• Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.
Note
• Your printer is equipped with many other convenient copy features.
Copying
38
Printing Photos from Memory Card
This section describes how to print photos on a memory card.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Align the paper guides (D) with the paper width.
39
5. Close the feed slot cover (E) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed
on the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
40
7. Open the operation panel (F), pull out the paper output tray (G) and paper output support
(H), and open the output tray extension (I).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
8. Insert the memory card.
* The figure below shows the SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card as an example.
Note
• For details on inserting memory cards other than SD/SDHC/SDXC, see below.
Inserting the Memory Card
9. Flick right and left through the photos (J) and select one.
10. Confirm the paper settings, then press the Color button (K).
41
Important
• Do not remove the memory card during printing. Data on the memory card may be damaged.
Note
• Your printer is equipped with many other convenient photo print features.
Printing Photo Data
42
Faxing
Fax multiple documents in black and white as follows.
1. Open the document tray (A).
2. Insert the document WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP.
3. Adjust the document guide (B).
4. Select
FAX (C) on the HOME screen.
43
5. Select Enter the number (D).
6. Enter the fax number (E) and select OK (F).
7. Press the Black button (G).
44
Note
• Many other convenient faxing features are available.
Faxing
45
Network
Available Connection Methods
The following connection methods are available on the printer.
• Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
◦ Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
◦ You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer.
◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and
(Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
• Wireless Direct
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
◦ While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
◦ If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on
your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
◦ In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears,
disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.
◦ Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol are specified automatically.
• Wired Connection
Connect the printer and hub/router using a LAN cable. Prepare a LAN cable.
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB
cable. For details, see Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN
Connection.
46
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Changing Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
• To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows
For Mac OS
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/Mac OS)
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
◦ For Windows:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
◦ For Mac OS:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Mac OS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
47
• Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
48
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection.
Connect via wireless router
• You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time.
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of network devices vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your network device or contact
its manufacturer.
• This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac, IEEE802.11a, or IEEE802.11n (5 GHz). Check if your
device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in
Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
• When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
• To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on checking or changing wireless router settings, see the router manual or contact its
manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
49
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
Connection Using a Wired Network
• You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time.
• When using a router, connect the printer and a device to the LAN side (same network segment).
50
Network Connection Tips
Default Network Settings
Another Printer Found with Same Name
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN
Connection
Printing Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
51
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item
Default
WLAN active/inactive
Inactive
SSID
BJNPSETUP
Wireless LAN security
Disable
IP address (IPv4)
Auto setup
IP address (IPv6)
Auto setup
Set printer name*
XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6
Enable
Enable/disable WSD
Enable
Timeout setting
15 minutes
Enable/disable Bonjour
Enable
Service name
Canon TR8500 series
LPR protocol setting
Enable
RAW protocol
Enable
LLMNR
Active
PictBridge communication Enable
Wired LAN DRX setting
Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item
Default
SSID (Identifier for wireless direct)
DIRECT-abXX-TR8500series *1
Password
YYYYYYYYYY *2
Wireless LAN security
WPA2-PSK (AES)
Wireless Direct device name
DIRECT-abXX-TR8500series *1
Connection request confirmation Displayed
52
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
53
Another Printer Found with Same Name
When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For Mac OS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
Check the printer's MAC address and the serial number by one of the following methods.
• Display on the touch screen.
MAC address
LAN settings
Serial number
System information
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
54
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to
LAN Connection
For Windows:
For Mac OS:
For Windows:
To add a computer to connect to the printer on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform
setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
For Mac OS:
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection,
perform setup from the web page.
55
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Select "Network status" on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4. Check message and select Yes.
5. Select Print details.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num- Item
ber
Description
Setting
1
Product Information
Product information
–
1-1
Product Name
Product name
XXXXXXXX
1-2
ROM Version
ROM version
XXXXXXXX
1-3
Serial Number
Serial number
XXXXXXXX
2
Network Diagnostics
Network diagnostics
―
56
2-1
Diagnostic Result
Diagnostic result
XXXXXXXX
2-2
Result Codes
Result codes
XXXXXXXX
2-3
Result Code Details
Result code details
http://canon.com/ijnwt
3
Wireless LAN
Wireless LAN
Enable/Disable
3-2
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Enable/Disable
3-2-1
Signal Strength
Signal strength
0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2
Link Quality
Link quality
0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3
Frequency
Frequency
XX (GHz)
3-2-4
MAC Address
MAC address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5
Connection
Connection status
Active/Inactive
3-2-6
SSID
SSID
Wireless LAN SSID
3-2-7
Channel
Channel
XX (1 to 13)
3-2-8
Encryption
Encryption method
None/WEP/TKIP/AES
3-2-9
WEP Key Length
WEP key length (bits)
Inactive/128/64
3-2-10
Authentication
Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11
TCP/IPv4
TCP/IPv4
Enable
3-2-12
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14
Default Gateway
Default gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15
TCP/IPv6
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
3-2-16
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18
Stateless Address1
Stateless address 1
3-2-19
Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length XXX
1
3-2-20
Stateless Address2
Stateless address 2
57
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21
Stateless Prefix
Stateless prefix length XXX
Length2
2
3-2-22
Stateless Address3
Stateless address 3
3-2-23
Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length XXX
3
3-2-24
Stateless Address4
Stateless address 4
3-2-25
Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length XXX
4
3-2-26
Default Gateway1
Default gateway 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27
Default Gateway2
Default gateway 2
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28
Default Gateway3
Default gateway 3
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29
Default Gateway4
Default gateway 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active
3-2-34
Security Protocol
Security method
ESP/ESP & AH/AH
3-3
Access Point Mode
Operation mode for
Enable/Disable
Wireless Direct
3-3-1
MAC Address
MAC address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2
Connection
Connection status
Active/Inactive
3-3-3
SSID
SSID
Wireless Direct SSID
3-3-4
Password
Password
Wireless Direct password (10 alphanumeric characters)
3-3-5
Channel
Channel
3
3-3-6
Encryption
Encryption method
AES
3-3-7
Authentication
Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8
TCP/IPv4
TCP/IPv4
Enable
3-3-9
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11
Default Gateway
Default gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
58
3-3-12
TCP/IPv6
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
3-3-13
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active
3-3-16
Security Protocol
Security method
–
4
Wired LAN
Wired LAN
Enable/Disable
4-1
MAC Address
MAC address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
4-2
Connection
Wired LAN status
Active/Inactive
4-3
TCP/IPv4
TCP/IPv4
Enable
4-4
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-5
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-6
Default Gateway
Default gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-7
TCP/IPv6
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
4-8
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-9
Link Local Prefix
Link local prefix length XXX
Length
4-10
Stateless Address1
Stateless address 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-11
Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length XXX
1
4-12
Stateless Address2
Stateless address 2
4-13
Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length XXX
2
4-14
Stateless Address3
Stateless address 3
4-15
Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length XXX
3
4-16
Stateless Address4
Stateless address 4
59
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-17
Stateless Prefix
Stateless prefix length XXX
Length4
4
4-18
Default Gateway1
Default gateway 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-19
Default Gateway2
Default gateway 2
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-20
Default Gateway3
Default gateway 3
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-21
Default Gateway4
Default gateway 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-25
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active
4-26
Security Protocol
Security method
ESP/ESP & AH/AH
4-27
Wired LAN DRX
Discontinuous recep-
Enable/Disable
tion (wired LAN)
5
Other Settings
Other settings
–
5-1
Printer Name
Printer name
Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
5-4
WSD Printing
WSD printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-5
WSD Timeout
Timeout
1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6
LPD Printing
LPD printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-7
RAW Printing
RAW printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-9
Bonjour
Bonjour setting
Enable/Disable
5-10
Bonjour Service
Name
Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters)
5-11
LLMNR
LLMNR setting
Enable/Disable
5-12
SNMP
SNMP setting
Enable/Disable
5-13
PictBridge Commun.
PictBridge Communication
Enable/Disable
5-14
DNS Server
Obtain DNS server
Auto/Manual
address automatically
5-15
Primary Server
Primary server address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16
Secondary Server
Secondary server address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17
Proxy Server
Proxy server setting
Enable/Disable
60
5-18
Proxy Address
Proxy address
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19
Proxy Port
Proxy port specification
1 to 65535
5-20
Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1)
Certificate fingerprint(SHA-1)
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
5-21
Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate fingerprint(SHA-256)
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
6
Bluetooth
Bluetooth settings
―
6-1
Bluetooth Setting
Bluetooth
Enable/Disable
6-2
Bluetooth PIN Code
Bluetooth PIN code
XXXXXXXX
6-3
Bluetooth Device Ad-
Bluetooth device ad-
XXXXXXXX
dress
dress of the printer
Peer Device Address
Device address of
6-4
XXXXXXXX
paired device
6-5
Bluetooth Device
Bluetooth device
Name
name of the printer
XXXXXXXX
7
Printer Log Service
Printer log service
―
7-1
Unsent Usage Logs
Number of unsent us-
0 to 200
age logs
7-2
Usage Log Last Sent
Last date when usage XXXXXXXX
log was sent
7-3
Point Service
Registration status of
Ikkyu
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
61
Active/Awaiting Activation/No Active Service
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN
Connection Method
Changing LAN Connection Method
Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Changing LAN Connection Method
Follow either procedure below to change LAN connection method (wired or wireless).
• For Windows:
◦ Redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
◦ Tap the icon on the lower left on HOME screen, select Yes and select Wireless LAN -> WLAN
active/inactive -> Active, or select Wired LAN -> Wired LAN active/inactive -> Active
according to the connection method you want to use.
After that, perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For details, refer to Performing/Changing Wireless LAN Settings or Performing/Changing Wired
LAN Settings.
• For Mac OS:
◦ Redo setup from the web page.
Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Follow either procedure below to change wireless LAN connection method (infrastructure or Wireless
Direct).
• For Windows:
◦ Redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Important
• Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless
connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, touch the HOME button.
2. Select "Network status" on the touch screen.
62
Using the Operation Panel
3. Check message and select Yes.
4. Select LAN settings.
5. Select Wireless LAN.
6. Select Wireless LAN setup.
7. Select Easy wireless connect.
8. Check message and select Yes.
Follow instructions on your smartphone or tablet.
9. If message saying setup is completed appears, select OK.
• For Mac OS:
Redo setup from the web page.
63
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Memory Card, etc.
Loading Paper
Loading Originals
Inserting the Memory Card
Replacing Ink Tanks
64
Loading Paper
Paper Sources
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes
65
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray (A) and cassette (B).
You can load all supported paper on the rear tray.
Supported Media Types
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media
type, the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print
quality.
For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes
66
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.
Loading Envelopes
Important
• If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) to perform trial
print, it can cause paper jams.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Supported Media Types.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
2. Load paper.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
67
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide the paper guides to open them, and load the paper in the center of the rear tray WITH
THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
4. Slide the paper guides (D) to align them with both sides of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
68
Important
• Always load paper in the portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (F) can
cause paper jams.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).
5. Close the feed slot cover (H) gently.
Important
• If the feed slot cover is open, paper cannot be fed. Be sure to close the feed slot cover.
69
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on
the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and then
select Register.
7. Open the operation panel (I), pull out the paper output tray (J) and paper output support (K),
and open the output tray extension (L).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not start
printing.
70
Note
• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation
panel or the computer.
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings
(how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with
optimal image quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches
on the printed surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and
try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for
the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings
in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is
displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is
displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
71
Loading Paper in the Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Scratched.
2. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
72
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
3. Remove the cassette cover (B).
4. To load A4 sized paper in the cassette, press down the lock (C) on the cassette, then
extend the cassette.
Important
• Do not extend the cassette when loading other than A4 sized paper in the cassette.
5. Slide the paper guide (D) in front and (E) on the right to open the guides.
73
6. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in the center of
the cassette.
Important
• Always load paper in the portrait orientation (F). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (G)
can cause paper jams.
Note
• Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below.
If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (H), the paper may not be fed properly.
74
7. Align the paper guide (I) in front with the paper stack.
Align the paper guide (I) with where it clicks into place.
8. Slide the paper guide (J) on the right to align with the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (K).
• Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (L) of the paper guides.
9. Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.
Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.
After inserting the cassette into the printer, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is
displayed on the touch screen.
10. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size, then select
Register.
75
11. Open the operation panel (M), pull out the paper output tray (N) and paper output support
(O), and open the output tray extension (P).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not
start printing.
Note
• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation
panel or the computer.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for
the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings
in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is
displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is
displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
76
Loading Envelopes
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the rear tray.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is
not supported.
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
• The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 inches (3 mm).
2. Load envelopes.
1. Open the rear tray cover (A) and then pull up the paper support (B).
77
2. Open the feed slot cover (C).
3. Slide the paper guides (D) to open them, and load the envelopes in the center of the rear tray
WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in the portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
4. Slide the paper guides (D) to align them with both sides of the envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
78
Note
• Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).
5. Close the feed slot cover (F) gently.
Important
• If the feed slot cover is open, paper cannot be fed. Be sure to close the feed slot cover.
79
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray is displayed on
the touch screen.
6. Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the rear tray at Page size and Type, and
then select Register.
7. Open the operation panel (G), pull out the paper output tray (H) and paper output support (I),
and open the output tray extension (J).
Be sure to open the operation panel before printing. If the operation panel is close, the printer does not start
printing.
Note
• After loading envelopes, select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of
the printer driver.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for
the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings
in accordance with the paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is
displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is
displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
80
Loading Originals
Where to Load Originals
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
81
Where to Load Originals
The printer has two positions to load originals: platen glass and ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Select the position to load the original according to the size, type, or usage.
Note
• For details on the supported originals, see below.
Supported Originals
Loading Documents, Photos, or Book on the platen glass
Loading Two or More Sheets of Document of the Same Size and Thickness
in the ADF
You can also load a sheet of document in the ADF.
Note
• To scan the original at optimum quality, load it on the platen glass.
82
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass
1. Open the document cover.
2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass.
Loading Based on Use
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass.
• Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
• Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
3. Close the document cover gently.
83
Important
• After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover before starting to
copy or scan.
84
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
• To scan a document at optimum quality, load it on the platen glass.
1. Make sure that any original has been removed from the platen glass.
2. Open the document tray.
3. Insert the document in the document tray until you hear a beep sound.
Load the document WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP in the document tray.
Note
• For details on the supported originals, see below.
Supported Originals
• When you set the alarm to be silent in Sound control of Device user settings, the alarm will not
beep even if the document is inserted in the document tray.
Sound control
4. Adjust the document guide (A) at the front of the printer to match the width of the document.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed properly.
85
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position on the platen glass according to the function to use. If you do not
load the original correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals
Function
How to Load
Copying or Faxing
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
If you scan using the operation panel, select Auto scan for Doc.type in Scan.
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Loading the Original to Be
Aligned with the Alignment Mark
Scanning by specifying a standard size
(A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel, select Document or Photo for Doc.type in
Scan and specify a standard size (A4,
Letter, etc.) for Scan size to scan originals.
Scanning only one original
If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto scan for Scan size
to scan originals.
Loading in the Center of the
Platen Glass
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto multi scan for Scan
size to scan two or more originals.
Loading Two or More Originals
Note
• For details on how to scan from the computer and how to load originals, see below.
• For Windows:
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
• For Mac OS:
86
Scanning from Computer (AirPrint)
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the
alignment mark
. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 inches (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
Loading Only One Original in the Center of the platen glass
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 inches (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass. Portions placed on the diagonally striped
area cannot be scanned.
87
Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 inches (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass and the originals, and between the
originals. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
A: More than 0.40 inches (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 inches (180 mm) or more cannot
be corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.
88
Supported Originals
platen glass
Item
Details
Types of originals
- Text document, magazine, or newspaper
- Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
- Documents that are not suitable for the ADF
Size (width x height)
Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm)
Quantity
One or more sheets*
Thickness
Max. 0.4 inch (10 mm)
* Two or more originals can be loaded on the platen glass depending on the selected function.
Loading Based on Use
In the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Item
Kind of original
Details
Plain-paper documents with multiple pages of the same size, thickness,
and weight
Size
A4, Letter, Legal
Duplex copying or 2-on-1/4-on-1 copying: A4/Letter only
Quantity
- A4/Letter: Max. 20 sheets (20 lb. (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.08 inch (2
mm) high
- Legal: Max. 5 sheets (20 lb. (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.02 inch (0.5 mm)
high
Thickness
0.003 to 0.005 inch (0.07 to 0.13 mm)
Weight
16.0 to 25.3 lb. (60 to 95 g /m2)
Note
• Make sure any liquids on documents, such as glue, ink, or correction fluid are dry before loading.
Do not load glued documents in the ADF, even if the glue is dry, because this may cause paper jams.
• Remove all staples, paper clips, or other fasteners before feeding documents.
• Load Legal-sized documents in the ADF.
• Do not load these kinds of documents in the ADF, which may cause paper jams.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wrinkled or creased documents
Curled documents
Torn documents
Documents with holes
Glued documents
Documents with sticky notes
Documents on carbon paper
89
• Documents on coated paper
• Documents on onion skin or other thin paper
• Photos or excessively thick documents
90
Inserting the Memory Card
Before Inserting the Memory Card
Inserting the Memory Card
Removing the Memory Card
91
Before Inserting the Memory Card
The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the printer.
Important
• If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your
PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, the image data may be unreadable on the printer or
damaged. For information on memory cards that your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device
guarantees operation, refer to the instruction manual supplied with your PictBridge (Wireless LAN)
compliant device.
• Format the memory card using a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system
(Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). The memory card may not be
compatible with the printer if it is formatted on a computer.
Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter
• SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card, SDXC memory card
Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter
Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting into the card
slot.
• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
Important
• If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter, you may not be able to
remove the memory card.
Cannot Remove Memory Card
Printable Image Data
• This printer accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File
system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). Other image or movie types
such as RAW images cannot be printed.
92
• The printer accepts images scanned and saved with the printer when Doc.type is set to Photo and
Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg").
Note
• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
93
Inserting the Memory Card
Important
• When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is
flashing, the printer is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card
slot.
Note
• When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card, be sure to print them
from the computer. If you use the operation panel, the photos may not be printed properly.
1. Prepare your memory card.
Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
2. Insert the memory card into the card slot.
Insert your memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING UP into the card slot.
When the memory card is inserted properly, the Access lamp (A) will light up.
* Be sure to attach the card adapter to the following types of memory card before inserting to the card
slot.
• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
Important
• Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further. This
can damage the printer or the memory card.
• Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot. If you force
the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation, the memory card or the printer can be
damaged.
94
Removing the Memory Card
1. Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.
Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the printer.
Important
• Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing. The Access lamp flashes
while the printer is reading or writing data from/to the memory card. If you remove the memory
card or turn off the power while the Access lamp is flashing, the data saved on the memory card
can be damaged.
95
Replacing Ink Tanks
Replacing Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Ink Tips
96
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of
the error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Take appropriate action according to the message.
An Error Occurs
Note
• If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance
Procedure.
• For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Open the scanning unit / cover.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
Caution
• Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder
until it stops completely.
Important
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
• If the scanning unit / cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to
the right. In this case, close and reopen the scanning unit / cover.
3. Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
Push the tab (A) and lift the ink tank to remove.
97
Important
• Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
• Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
• Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of
consumables.
Note
• Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one
when replacing two or more ink tanks.
4. Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape (B) completely, then
remove the protective film (C) completely.
Important
• Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.
• If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (D), ink may splash or the printer may not
print properly.
5. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (E) pointing up while being careful not to
block the Y-shape air hole (D).
98
6. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (E) to remove it off GENTLY.
Important
• Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air
hole (D) blocked, ink may splash.
• Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (E) or the open ink port (F). The ink may
stain your hands if you touch them.
• Do not reattach the protective cap (E) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the
local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
7. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
99
8. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
Important
• You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in
the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
• You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
9. Close the scanning unit / cover.
Caution
• When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.
100
Note
• If the error message appears after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take appropriate action.
An Error Occurs
• When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head
automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of
the print head.
• If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms, align the print head.
Notes on ink tanks
Important
• If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.
• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-andwhite printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
101
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button to display it.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Estimated ink levels.
A symbol appears in the area (A) if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
Example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
• Selecting Ink number displays the Ink number screen for checking ink numbers. Selecting Order
ink now on this screen displays the QR code for accessing the ink purchasing site. Cost of
connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
• You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing.
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
• For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
• For Mac OS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
102
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the
first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Why does the printer have two black ink tanks?
There are two kinds of black ink in the printer: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).
The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based
documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If
either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.
These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the
printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.
103
Maintenance
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows)
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Cleaning
104
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven
Maintenance Procedure
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Aligning the Print Head
105
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink
tank.
Note
• Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.
• Check the ink status.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
• For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For Mac OS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
106
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
• For Mac OS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern:
Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply
From the computer
• For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
• For Mac OS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
Note
• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position
• For Mac OS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
107
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink
tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check
pattern is not be printed.
3. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
6. Select Print nozzle check pattern.
108
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch
screen.
8. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
109
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present
2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
screen.
110
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or
in both patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
111
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check
pattern is not be printed.
3. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
6. Select Cleaning.
112
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8. Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
113
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the nozzle check
pattern is not be printed.
3. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
6. Select Deep cleaning.
114
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8. Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9. When the completion message appears, select OK.
10. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
115
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including recycled paper)*
* Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch
screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size, then select Register.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.
Note
• Be sure to load paper in the cassette. Even if you load paper on the rear tray, the print head
alignment sheet is not be printed.
3. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
5. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
116
6. Select Auto head alignment.
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Confirm the message, then select Yes.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed.
Important
• Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled,
it may not be scanned properly.
8. Confirm the message, then load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark
on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark
117
.
9. Close the document cover gently, then select OK.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted
automatically.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until
adjusting the print head position is complete.
• If the error message appears on the touch screen, select OK to release the error, then take
appropriate action.
An Error Occurs
10. When the completion message appears, select OK.
Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.
Note
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
• For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position
• For Mac OS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the head alignment value
on the Maintenance screen.
118
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
119
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
3. Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
Remote UI starts.
Note
• The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, click About password and cookies.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
120
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head
cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Cleaning
Before running the cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining in the tank?
• Did you push in the ink tank completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?
3. Execute cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click Yes.
Print head cleaning starts.
4. Complete cleaning
Next, the message for nozzle check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform
cleaning only when necessary.
Deep cleaning
Deep cleaning is more thorough than cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Deep cleaning
121
Before running the deep cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining in the tank?
• Did you push in the ink tank completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?
3. Execute deep cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click Yes.
Print head deep cleaning starts.
4. Complete deep cleaning
Next, the message for nozzle check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
• Deep cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform
cleaning only when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, the ink may have run out or the
print head may be worn. For details on the remedial action to be taken, see "No Ink Comes Out."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
122
Adjusting Print Head Position
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Auto head alignment
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Auto head alignment
A message appears.
3. Load paper in printer
In the cassette, load 1 sheet of plain A4-sized or Letter-sized paper.
4. Run head position adjustment
Check that the printer power is on, and then click Yes.
Head alignment starts. Proceed with the operations in accordance with the messages on the screen.
Important
• While the printer is printing, do not open the printer scanning unit / cover.
Note
• You can print and check the current settings by clicking on Print the head alignment value.
123
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Note
• To check the ink status, you can also display the pop-up menu of the Print dialog and select Supply
Levels.
124
Cleaning
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Cleaning Cassette Pads
125
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only
when necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4. Select Roller cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Select Rear tray or Cassette to clean the paper feed roller.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.
If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
8. Select OK.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
126
9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load
the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
10. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
11. Select OK.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
12. When the completion message appears, select OK.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact the service center.
127
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
3. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Bottom plate cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then select OK.
8. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the
paper.
9. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,
unfold the paper, then select OK.
128
10. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and
the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
11. Mount the cassette cover, and then insert the cassette into the printer.
12. Open the operation panel, then pull out the paper output tray.
13. Select OK.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
14. When the completion message appears, select OK.
129
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
130
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Transporting Your Printer
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Using the Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
131
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU&EEA)
132
Safety Precautions
Choosing a location
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close
to a heating source.
To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the printer under the operating environment specified in
the Specifications.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer with its back attached to the wall.
Power Supply
• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the
power cord if necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.
• Do not use an extension lead/cord.
Working Around the Printer
• Never put your hands or fingers in the printer while it is printing.
• When moving the printer, carry the printer at both ends. In case the printer weighs more than 14 kg, it
is recommended to have two people lifting the printer. Accidental dropping of the printer may cause
injury. For the printer's weight, refer to the Specifications.
• Do not place any object on the printer. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples,
etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the printer.
• Do not transport or use the printer on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and
damage the printer.
• When loading a thick book on the platen glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The platen
glass may break and cause injury.
Print Heads/Ink Tanks/FINE Cartridges
• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out
mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical
advice immediately.
• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with
skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice
immediately.
• Never touch the electrical contacts on a print head or FINE cartridges after printing.
The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.
• Do not throw ink tanks and FINE cartridges into fire.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the print head, ink tanks, and FINE cartridges.
133
Regulatory Information
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
When using your telephone equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the
risk of fire, electric shock and injury to persons, including the following:
1. Do not use this product near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry
tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.
2. Avoid using this product during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from
lightning.
3. Do not use this product to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.
"CAUTION - To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord."
IMPORTANTES MESURES DE SÉCURITÉ
CONSERVER CES INSTRUCTIONS
Certaines mesures de sécurité doivent être prises pendant l'utilisation de matérial téléphonique afin de
réduire les risques d'incendie, de choc électrique et de blessures.
En voice quelquesunes :
1. Ne pas utiliser l'appareil près de l'eau, p.ex., près d'une baignoire, d'un lavabo, d'un évier de cuisine,
d'un bac à laver, dans un sous-sol humide ou près d'une piscine.
2. Éviter d'utiliser l'appareil pendant un orage électrique. Ceci peut présenter un risque de choc
électrique causé par la foudre.
3. Ne pas utiliser l'appareil pour signaler une fuite de gaz s'il est situé près de la fuite.
"ATTENTION - Pour réduire les risques d'incendie, utiliser uniquement des conducteurs de
télécommunications 26 AWG au de section supérleure."
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10459 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365, FCC Approved Bluetooth
K30375)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
134
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
FCC ID:AZDK30365, AZDK30375
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
About Radio Waves
Do not use this product near medical equipment or electronic equipment. Radio wave interference can
affect the operation or performance of the equipment.
Pre-Installation Requirements
Order Information
When ordering service from the telephone company for this equipment, the following may be required.
Universal Service Order Code (USOC): RJ11C
The Facility Interface Code (FIC): 02LS2
Service Order Code (SOC): 9.0F
Connection of the Equipment
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA.
A label on this equipment contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.
The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a telephone line.
135
Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call.
In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of
devices that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone
company. The REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a
REN of 0.3).
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must
comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant
telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It is designed to be connected to a
compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.
Connection to party lines is subjected to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public
service commission or corporation commission for information.
If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the installation
of this equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable
alarm equipment, consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.
In Case of Equipment Malfunction
Should any malfunction occur which cannot be corrected by the procedures described in the Online
Manual, disconnect the equipment from the telephone line cable, turn off the power and disconnect the
power cord. The telephone line cable should not be reconnected or the main power switch turned ON until
the problem is completely resolved. Users should contact their local authorized Canon Facsimile Service
Dealer for the servicing of equipment.
Information regarding Authorized Service Facility locations can be obtained by calling the Canon
Customer Center.
Rights of the Telephone Company
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may temporarily
disconnect service. The telephone company also retains the right to make changes in facilities and
services that may affect the operation of this equipment. When such changes are necessary, the
telephone company is required to give adequate prior notice to the user. However, if advance notice is not
possible, the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, the customer will be
advised of his/her right to file a compliant with the FCC if he/she believes it is necessary.
Warning
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or
other electronic device to send any message via a telephone FAX machine unless such message clearly
contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page, or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity, or individual.
In order to program this information into your FAX machine, you should complete the procedure to register
your name, unit's telephone number, time, and date. Refer to the Online Manual.
136
Users in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including
interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and
meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and
operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities:
hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
Pre-Installation Requirements
Notice
This product meets the applicable Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada technical
specifications.
The Ringer Equivalence Number is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of
devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices does not exceed five.
Pour les usagers résidant au Canada
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts
de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :
(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage
radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un
environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF)
CNR-102 de l'IC. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus
entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps (à l'exception des extrémités : mains, poignets, pieds et chevilles).
Conditions de pré-installation
Avis
Le présent produit est conforme aux spécifications techniques applicables d'Innovation, Sciences et
Développement économique Canada.
L'indice d'équivalence de la sonnerie (IES) sert à indiquer le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent
être raccordés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d'une interface peut consister en une
combinaison quelconque de dispositifs, à la seule condition que la somme d'indices d'équivalence de la
sonnerie de tous les dispositifs n'excède pas 5.
Users in New Zealand
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Spark has accepted that
the item complies with the minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement
137
of the product by Spark, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that
any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different
make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Spark's network services.
This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for
which it is designed. Spark will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances.
This condition typically applies to 56 kbit/s modems and V34 facsimile machines.
Please note when you connect an extension phone to this device, if you use an extension phone which
has features such as "last number redial", redial memory numbers may be lost.
Telepermitted equipment only may be connected to the telephone port. The telephone port is not
specifically designed for 3-wire-connected equipment. 3-wire-connected equipment might not respond to
incoming ringing when attached to this port.
The automatic calling functions of this equipment must not be used to cause a nuisance to other Spark
customers.
Environmental Information
Reducing your environmental impact
Power Consumption and Operational Modes
The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is
designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce the power consumption. After the last print it switches
to Ready Mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a
time, the device switches to its Sleep Mode. The devices consume less power (Watt) in these modes.
Energy Star®
The Energy Star® programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of
energy efficient models, which help to minimise environmental impact.
Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star® programme for both environmental
benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star® logo accordingly.
Paper types
This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper (certified to an environmental
stewardship scheme), which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. In addition it can
support printing on media down to a weight of 64g/m2, lighter paper means less resources used and a
lower environmental footprint for your printing needs.
138
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time,
your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please
contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal
service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies kann z.
B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer autorisierten
Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen. Der
unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit
Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die
menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie
außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen für
Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément à la
directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en
139
place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen, IJsland en
Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en de
nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet worden
ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten op
het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen in
elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit product
mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u uw
afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw
woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer van
afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie over het
inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
140
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord amb la
Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts
de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte similar o
lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics
(AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu en l’entorn i
en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment estan
associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest producte
contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts on podeu
lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal, a les
autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de recollida de
deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el reciclatge de
productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla Direttiva
RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso un centro di
raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro uno", ovvero del
ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o un impianto
autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione impropria di
questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana causato dalle
sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed
elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace delle risorse
naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto
Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti di
Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e Liechtenstein)
141
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo ou
num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos (EEE).
O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente e na
saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation jf.
direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks. i
overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller
produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering af denne
type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund af de
potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr. Når du
foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik på
genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο
παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά τη
σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας για
142
ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων, το
εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold til
WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det
vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering av
denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte
brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved å
kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein) alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Tuote
on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta
ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä saat
kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning inte
får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför avsedd
insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
143
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen do
sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný
podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických a
elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a termék nem
kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell leadni, például
hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai berendezésekből
származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok a nem
megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak lehetnek a környezetre
és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék megfelelő kezelésével
hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A berendezésekből származó,
újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért forduljon a helyi
önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző vállalathoz,
illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek visszajuttatásáról és
újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
144
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt do
recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu
s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny
za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z
elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu môže mať
negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické zariadenia
obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
145
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete
tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā ar
sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba į
elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai ir
žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad jos
būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
146
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo ne
smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na primer
pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo. S
pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la un
punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
147
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru
za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru
za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom
vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled
potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na
ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
148
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Transporting Your Printer
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer
Keeping Print Quality High
149
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Paper money
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Identification badges or insignia
Selective service or draft papers
Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
Traveler's checks
Food stamps
Passports
Immigration papers
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
150
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off and unplugging the power cord.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3. Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension.
4. Close the operation panel, the paper support, the rear tray cover, and the document tray.
5. If the cassette is extended, contract it.
6. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
cord from the printer.
7. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
8. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
151
When repairing, lending, or disposing of the printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
• Select
Setup on the HOME screen and select Settings > Device settings > Reset settings >
Reset all > OK > Yes.
For printers with fax capabilities, user information and speed dial numbers can be backed up to a computer
by utilizing the Speed Dial Utility2 software before resetting the printer or deleting data. Backed up data can
be restored to the repaired printer or another Canon printer.
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
152
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paintstick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When Unplugging the Printer, make sure that the ON lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
153
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Using the Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
154
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
Operation Panel
155
Front View
(1) operation panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
Operation Panel
(2) ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Load a document here. The documents loaded in the document tray are scanned automatically one
sheet at a time.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
(3) document feeder cover
Open when clearing jammed documents.
(4) document guide
Adjust this guide to match the width of document in the ADF.
(5) paper support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
(6) rear tray cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
(7) feed slot cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
156
(8) rear tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes
(9) paper guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
(10) document tray
Open to load a document in the ADF. You can load two or more sheets of document of the same size
and thickness. Load the document with the side you want to scan facing up.
(11) document output slot
Documents scanned from the ADF are delivered here.
(12) document cover
Open to load an original on the platen glass.
(13) cassette
Load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
(14) paper guides
Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.
(15) cassette cover
Detach to load paper in the cassette.
(16) paper output tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
(17) paper output support
Extend to support ejected paper.
(18) output tray extension
Open to support ejected paper.
(19) card slot
Insert a memory card.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
157
(20) Access lamp
Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status.
Inserting the Memory Card
(21) platen glass
Load an original here.
158
Rear View
(1) rear cover
Detach when removing jammed paper.
(2) transport unit cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
(3) power cord connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
(4) telephone line jack
Connect the telephone line.
(5) USB port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
(6) wired LAN connector
Plug in the LAN cable to connect the printer to a LAN.
(7) external device jack
Connect an external device such as telephone or answering device.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning originals with the
computer.
159
Inside View
(1) scanning unit / cover
Scans originals. Also, lift and open it to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the
printer.
(2) print head holder
The print head is pre-installed.
Note
• For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink Tanks.
160
Operation Panel
(1) ON button/ON lamp
Turns the power on or off. Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Before turning on the
power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
(2) touch screen
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status. Directly touch the screen lightly with your
finger tip to select a menu item or displayed button. You can also preview photos on a memory card
before printing.
Basic Operation of the touch screen
(3) FAX Memory lamp
When lit, indicates that there are received or unsent documents in the printer's memory.
161
Power Supply
Confirming that the Power Is On
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplugging the Printer
162
Confirming that the Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the touch screen is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• The touch screen display will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the
display, press any button except the ON button or touch the touch screen. The print operation from a
computer can also restore the display.
163
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• If an error message is displayed on the touch screen, see An Error Occurs.
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed
from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by
default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
• For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
• For Mac OS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
164
Important
• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the ON
lamp is off.
Note
• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print
jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
• For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
• For Mac OS:
Managing the Printer Power
165
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
•
•
•
•
•
The power plug/power cord is hot.
The power plug/power cord is rusty.
The power plug/power cord is bent.
The power plug/power cord is worn.
The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, Unplugging the Printer
and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an
electric shock.
166
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print
head and print quality may be reduced.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the
printer's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power cord.
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
3. Unplug the power cord.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
167
Using the Operation Panel
The operation panel consists of the ON button (A) and touch screen (B).
Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and
other functions.
Operations on the Home Screen
A: ON button
B: touch screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Buttons on the touch screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or
settings.
Important
• When operating the touch screen, make sure to avoid the followings, which may cause the printer to
malfunction or damage the printer.
• Strongly pressing the touch screen.
• Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as on
ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails).
• Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.
• Placing any objects on the touch screen.
• Do not attach a protective sheet on the touch screen. Removing it may damage the touch screen.
Tap
Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release.
Use to select an item or photo on the screen.
168
Touch
Touch lightly with your finger tip.
To move forward (or go back) menus or photos continuously, keep touching the forward (or back) mark.
Flick
Flick your finger on the screen up, down, left, or right.
Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos.
Drag
While lightly touching the screen, move your finger up, down, left, or right.
Use to view lists of items or move sliders.
169
Operations on the Home Screen
Display the menu screen or the settings screen from the Home screen.
C. Basic menu
Select to copy or scan using the operation panel. After selecting a basic menu, the particular menus
are displayed.
D. Network status
Displays the current network status. Select to display the basic network information or to change the
network settings.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
Wireless LAN is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Note
• Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over a wireless LAN without any
problems.
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommends placing the printer near the wireless router.
170
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wireless LAN is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Wired LAN is enabled.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Wireless LAN and Wired LAN are disabled.
E. Cloud
Displays the cloud's Main screen. You can use the services of PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link.
F. Setup
Displays the printer's setting menus or the maintenance menus.
G. Quick guide
Displays the guides how to loading paper or how to replace the ink tank, or the troubleshooting.
Buttons on the touch screen
While operating on the touch screen, some buttons are displayed on the touch screen.
H. HOME button
Displays the HOME screen.
I. Black button
Starts black & white copying, scanning, etc.
J. Color button
Starts color copying, scanning, etc.
K. Back button
171
Returns the touch screen to the previous screen.
L. Stop button
Cancels operation when print, copy, or scan job is in progress.
172
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
When entering user or recipient names or other information, you can enter or edit characters by selecting
them on the screen.
Switching the Input Mode
The printer has one input mode for letters and another for numbers and symbols. To switch modes, tap
(A) in the lower left.
To switch between lower and uppercase in the alphabetic mode and between different types of characters
in the number/symbol mode, tap
(B).
Note
• The screen only shows numbers and symbols that are available for the type of information you are
entering, such as numbers for telephone or fax number input.
173
Entering or Editing Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Enter information as follows.
• To move the insertion point (cursor position) in the input field (C)
Tap
or
(D).
• To delete an entered character
Move the cursor to the character to delete, and then tap
Touch
(E).
to keep deleting characters.
• To insert a space
Tap
(F).
After you are finished entering information, tap OK (G).
Entering Letters With Accents or Diacritics
Tap the same key repeatedly until the desired character is displayed in the input field (C).
Key
Lowercase
Uppercase
a/A
aåäáàãâæ
AÅÄÁÀÃÂÆ
c/C
cç
CÇ
e/E
eëéèê
EËÉÈÊ
i/I
iïíìî
IÏÍÌÎ
n/N
nñ
NÑ
o/O
oøöóòõô
OØÖÓÒÕÔ
p/P
pþ
PÞ
u/U
uüúùû
UÜÚÙÛ
y/Y
yý
YÝ
174
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
175
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS)
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
176
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allows you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or
the printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1. Selecting Device settings from Remote UI
2. Click Energy saving settings
3. Complete the following settings:
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
177
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Check whether the printer is on and select Device settings from Remote UI
2. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Print settings - Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing
to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Custom settings - Detect paper setting mismatch
If the check box is deselected, at the time of printing from PC, you can continue to print without the
message display even if the paper settings set in the Print dialog differs from the paper information
registered to the printer.
Ink drying wait time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. The wait time
becomes longer as the value set in the list increases, and shorter as the value decreases.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
3. Apply the settings
Click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
178
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
FAX settings
Print settings
LAN settings
Device user settings
PictBridge print settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Feed settings
Reset setting
Web service setup
System information
ECO settings
Quiet setting
179
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Extended copy amount as an example.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Device settings.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
5. Select a setting item to adjust.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
6. Select a setting item.
7. Select a setting to specify.
180
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
181
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
FAX settings
Device user settings
Web service setup
Language selection
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Feed settings
PictBridge print settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
System information
Firmware update
LAN settings
Reset setting
182
FAX settings
FAX user settings
Advanced FAX settings
Auto print settings
Auto save setting
Security control
Easy setup
Note
• Before changing the settings, you can confirm the current settings by printing USER'S DATA LIST.
Summary of Reports and Lists
FAX user settings
• User information settings
Registers your name and fax/telephone number printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
• Telephone line type (Country or region of purchase other than China)
Selects the telephone line type setting for the printer.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Telephone line auto selection (China only)
If you select ON, the telephone line type is selected automatically.
If you select OFF, you can select the telephone line type manually.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Advanced FAX settings
• Error reduction setting (VoIP)
If you select Reduce, it may be possible to reduce the incidence of communication errors when
connecting to internet line such as IP phone.
Note
• When Reduce is selected, V.34 (Super G3) can not be used. Communication time generally
becomes longer than when communicating with V.34 (super G3).
• This setting has priority even if you select 33600 bps for TX start speed or RX start speed.
• Auto redial
Enables/disables automatic redialing.
183
If you select ON, you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the
printer waits between redial attempts.
• Dial tone detect
Avoids mistransmission when reception and transmission occur at the same time.
If you select ON, the printer transmits the fax after confirming the dial tone.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Pause time settings
Sets the length of pause time for each when you enter "P" (pause).
• TTI position
Selects the position of the sender information (outside or inside the image area).
• Remote RX
Enables/disables remote reception.
If you select ON, you can specify the remote reception ID.
Remote Reception
• Color transmission
When faxing color documents using the ADF, selects whether to convert them into black & white data
if the recipient's fax device does not support color faxing.
If you select Disconnect, the printer does not send color documents when the recipient's fax device
does not support color faxing.
• RX image reduction
Enables/disables automatic reduction of incoming faxes so that they fit in the selected paper.
If you select ON, you can select the image reduction direction.
• Adv. communication settings
◦ ECM TX
Selects whether to send faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦ ECM RX
Selects whether to receive faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦ TX start speed
Selects the fax transmission speed.
The fax transmission start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
184
When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower transmission start
speed may solve transmission problems.
◦ RX start speed
Selects the fax reception speed.
The fax reception start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower reception start speed
may solve reception problems.
Auto print settings
• Received documents
Selects whether to print the received fax automatically when receiving a fax.
If you select Do not print, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory.
For details on the received fax stored in the printer's memory:
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
• Activity report
Selects whether to print ACTIVITY REPORT automatically.
If you select Print, the printer prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received
faxes automatically.
For details on the procedure to print ACTIVITY REPORT manually:
Summary of Reports and Lists
• TX report
Selects whether to print TX REPORT/ERROR TX REPORT automatically after sending a fax.
If you print the report, select Print error only or Print for each TX.
If you select Print error only or Print for each TX, you can specify the print setting that the first page
of the fax is printed along with the report.
• RX report
Selects whether to print RX REPORT automatically after receiving a fax.
If you print RX REPORT, select Print error only or Print for each RX.
• Print when out of ink
Sets whether to continue printing the received fax without storing it in the printer's memory when the
ink has run out.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Auto save setting
Selects whether to save the received fax on the memory card automatically after receiving a fax.
Saving Received Faxes Automatically on Memory Card
185
Security control
• FAX number re-entry
If you select ON, you can set the printer to send faxes after entering the number twice. By using this
setting, you can avoid the mistransmission of faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
• Check RX FAX information
If you select ON, the printer checks whether the recipient's fax device information matches the dialed
number. If it matches the number, the printer starts to send faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
• Hook key setting
If you select Enable, you can use the on hook dial function.
• FAX reception reject
If you select ON, the printer rejects the reception of faxes with no sender information or faxes from
specific senders.
Rejecting Fax Reception
• Caller rejection
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service, the printer detects the sender's Caller ID. If the sender's ID
matches the condition specified in this setting, the printer rejects the phone call or fax reception from
the sender.
If you select Yes on the subscribing confirmation screen, you can specify the settings of rejection.
Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls
Note
• This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase. Contact your
telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service.
Easy setup
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function. Follow the
procedure according to the instructions on the touch screen.
Note
• You can specify the setup setting individually or the advanced setting.
For details on how to specify the setting:
Preparing for Faxing
186
Print settings
• Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower
print quality.
• Extended copy amount
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You
can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed.
Important
• This setting can be applied under the following conditions:
- Performing borderless copying
- Borderless is selected for Border when copying printed photos
Note
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended
amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Auto photo fix setting
When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the
image files in the following cases.
◦ Auto photo fix is selected for Photo fix when printing from a memory card.
◦ The print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is set to Default* or On when
printing with a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device,
select Auto photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge print settings.
• Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.01 inch/0.1 mm between -0.12 inch/-3 mm and
+0.12 inch/+3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
Important
• For Letter-sized or Legal-sized paper, you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 inch/-1.5
mm and +0.06 inch/+1.5 mm even if you specify the value over 0.06 inch/1.5 mm.
187
LAN settings
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wired LAN
Common settings
Wireless LAN
• WLAN active/inactive
Enables/disables wireless LAN.
• Wireless LAN setup
Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection.
◦ Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦ Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the
printer.
◦ WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦ Other setup
■ Advanced setup
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually. You can specify multiple WEP
keys.
■ WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
• WLAN setting list
The list of wireless LAN settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.
Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with
care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
188
Items
Setting
SSID
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Wireless LAN security
Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/
WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES)
Signal strength (%)
XXX
IPv4 address
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address of wireless LAN
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
Printer name
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
Wireless Direct
• Wireless Direct active/inactive
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
• Change SSID/device name
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
• Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
• Connection request confirmation
Selecting Yes displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
the printer.
189
• Wireless Direct setting list
The list of Wireless Direct settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.
Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with
care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Items
Setting
SSID
DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series
Password
XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)
Wireless LAN security
WPA2-PSK(AES)
IPv4 address
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address of wireless LAN
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
Printer name
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
Wireless Direct device name
DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series
No. of devices connected now
XX/XX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
190
Wired LAN
• Wired LAN active/inactive
Enables/disables wired LAN.
• LAN setting list
The list of wired LAN settings of this printer is displayed on the touch screen.
Select Print details and then Yes to print the list.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with
care.
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Items
Setting
IPv4 address
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address of wired LAN
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
Printer name
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
Common settings
• Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
191
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
• TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
• WSD setting
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8.1, Windows
8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista).
◦ Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista.
◦ Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦ WSD scan from this device
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD. To transfer
the scanned data, press the Color button.
Note
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select
the document type.
◦ Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
• Bonjour settings
Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS.
◦ Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦ Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
• LPR protocol setting
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
• RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
• LLMNR
192
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Active allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
• PictBridge communication
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
◦ Enable/disable communication
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
◦ Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
• Wired LAN DRX setting
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when the printer is connected to a
device compatible with wired LAN.
• IPsec settings
Selecting Active allows you to specify the IPsec security.
193
Device user settings
• Date/time setting
Sets the current date and time.
For more on the procedure:
Setting Sender Information
• Date display format
Changes the display format of dates when printed.
Note
• When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the
date is printed in the date display format you selected.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
• Daylight saving time setting
Enables/disables the summer time setting. If you select ON, you can select additional sub-settings. This
setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
◦ Start date/time
Sets the date and time that summer time starts.
Month: Specify the month.
Week: Specify the week.
DOW: Specify the day of the week.
The screen to set the shift time to start summer time will be displayed after specifying the items
above and selecting OK.
After specifying the shift time and selecting OK, you can specify the end date/time.
◦ End date/time
Sets the date and time that summer time ends.
Month: Specify the month.
Week: Specify the week.
DOW: Specify the day of the week.
The screen to set the shift time to end summer time will be displayed after specifying the items
above and selecting OK.
Specify the shift time and select OK.
• Sound control
Selects the volume.
◦ Keypad volume
Selects the beep volume when tapping the touch screen.
◦ Alarm volume
194
Selects the alarm volume.
◦ Line monitor volume
Selects the line monitor volume.
◦ Offhook alarm
Selects the alarm volume when the phone receiver is not put on the hook properly.
• Country or region
Selects the country or region where you are using the printer.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Device info sending settings
Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server. The information sent to
Canon will be utilized to develop better products. Select Agree to send the printer usage information to
Canon server.
• Energy saving settings
Allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
◦ Auto power off
Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
◦ Auto power on
Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
Note
• You can also enter this setting menu by selecting ECO settings and Energy saving settings on
the HOME screen.
ECO settings
• Document removal reminder
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen glass after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the
original may not be detected.
• Bluetooth settings
Setting items for connecting with Bluetooth compatible device.
◦ Enable/disable Bluetooth
Enables/disables the Bluetooth function of the printer.
195
◦ List/delete paired devices
Displays the list of paired Bluetooth compatible devices. To delete the paired Bluetooth compatible
device, select a Bluetooth compatible device from the list.
◦ Check/change PIN code
Allows you to check the PIN code and change it.
Important
• When you change the PIN code, pairing with all Bluetooth compatible devices is canceled.
◦ Set Bluetooth device name
Specifies the printer name for Bluetooth connection.
Note
• If the printer cannot be paired to the Bluetooth compatible device after you changed some settings
in Bluetooth settings see below.
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
196
Language selection
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.
197
Firmware update
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Note
• Only Check current version is available when Inactive is selected for WLAN active/inactive of
Wireless LAN in LAN settings.
• Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the onscreen instructions to perform update.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.
• Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
• If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the touch screen, select OK and try again
after a while.
• Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
• Update notification setting
When Yes is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the touch screen.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
198
Feed settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
• Register paper information
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray and in the cassette.
Note
• Plain paper can only be loaded in the cassette.
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver
(Windows) or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• Detect paper setting mismatch
If you select Yes, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those
registered in Register paper information. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error
message is displayed on the touch screen.
Note
• When No is selected, Register paper information is disabled.
• Check paper replacement
If you select Yes, the printer detects the paper replacement (the feed slot cover is opened or closed, the
cassette is reinserted). When the paper registration screen is displayed after replacing paper, register
the paper size and the media type.
199
Reset setting
You can set the settings back to the default.
• Web service setup only
Deletes IJ Cloud Printing Center and Google Cloud Print registrations.
• LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings other than the administrator password back to the default.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
• Telephone number only
Deletes all registered telephone/fax numbers.
• Settings only
Returns the settings such as the paper size, media type, or other setting items back to the default. The
LAN settings and the telephone/fax number are not returned back to the default.
• Device info sending settings only
Applies the setting not to send the device information to Canon.
• FAX settings only
Returns all fax settings back to the default. Disconnect the telephone line from the printer before you
return this setting item back to the default.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
• Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified for
the printer is set to the default setting.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
•
•
•
•
The language displayed on the touch screen
The current position of the print head
The country or region selected for Country or region
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
You can delete the registered user's name or telephone number following the procedure below.
1. Display User information settings screen.
Setting Sender Information
2. Select user's name or telephone number and delete all characters or numbers.
3. Select OK when you finished deleting all characters or numbers.
200
Web service setup
Select this setting item from
Web service setup on
Settings.
• Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
◦ Google Cloud Print setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print.
◦ IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
◦ Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing
Center.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
201
System information
To display this menu, select
System information on
• Current version
Displays the current firmware version.
• Printer name
Displays the printer name currently specified.
• Serial number
Displays the printer serial number.
• MAC address of wireless LAN
Displays the MAC address for wireless LAN.
• MAC address of wired LAN
Displays the MAC address for wired LAN.
202
Setup.
ECO settings
This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the
printer automatically to save electricity.
Using Duplex Printing
Using Power Saving Function
Using Duplex Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
ECO.
5. Select Two-sided printing setting.
6. Specify settings as necessary.
A. Select two-sided copying as a default.
B. Select two-sided printing of PDF files saved on a memory card as a default.
C. Select two-sided printing of sent/received faxes, reports, or lists as a default.
D. Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
203
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
ECO.
5. Select Energy saving settings.
6. Check on-screen instructions and select Next.
7. Specify settings as necessary.
A. Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
B. Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
204
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Quiet setting.
5. Select Use quiet mode or Use during specified hours.
• When Use quiet mode is selected:
The confirmation screen is displayed and the
• When Use during specified hours is selected:
The Quiet mode hours screen is displayed.
A. Displays the screen below.
205
icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.
1. Select numbers to specify starting time.
You can specify the hour from 0 to 24.
2. Confirms starting time.
After specifying the starting time, specify the ending time following the same procedure.
B. Confirms the time to start and to end.
The confirmation screen is displayed and the
icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.
You can reduce the operating noise during the specified time.
Important
• Operating speed is reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected.
• This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how
you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of
the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
• For Windows, you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear (scanner driver).
206
Specifications
General Specifications
Printing resolution (dpi)
4800* (horizontal) x 1200 (vertical)
* Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/4800 inch at minimum.
Interface
USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *1
LAN Port:
Wired LAN: 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2
Card Slot:
Yes
*1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since
the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can
be used at USB 1.1.
*2 Setup possible through Standard setup, WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), WCN
(Windows Connect Now) or Easy wireless connect.
USB and LAN can be used at the same time.
Wireless LAN and wired LAN cannot be used at the same time.
Print width
8 inches/203.2 mm
(for Borderless Printing: 8.5 inches/216 mm)
Printable area
Borderless printing: Top/Bottom/Left/Right margin: 0.0 inch (0.0 mm)
Standard printing:
-Top margin:
• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
• Other sizes: 0.12 inches (3.0 mm)
-Bottom margin:
• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
• Other sizes: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)
-Left margin:
• Letter/Legal: 0.26 inches (6.4 mm)
• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
-Right margin:
• Letter/Legal: 0.25 inches (6.3 mm)
• Square size: 0.24 inches (6.0 mm)
• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
* For printable area of envelope, see below.
Envelopes
207
Auto duplex printing:
-Top margin: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)
-Bottom margin: 0.20 inches (5.0 mm)
-Left margin:
• Letter: 0.26 inches (6.4 mm)
• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
-Right margin:
• Letter: 0.25 inches (6.3 mm)
• Other sizes: 0.14 inches (3.4 mm)
Operating environment
Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment
Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply
AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption
Printing (Copy): Approx. 15 W
Standby (minimum): Approx. 1.3 W *1*2
OFF: Approx. 0.3 W *1
*1 USB connection to PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions
Approx. 17.3 (W) x 13.8 (D) x 7.5 (H) inches
Approx. 438 (W) x 351 (D) x 190 (H) mm
* With the Paper Support and Paper Output Tray retracted.
Weight
Approx. 17.5 lb (Approx. 8.0 kg)
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
Print Head/Ink
Total 4096 nozzles (PgBK 1024 nozzles, Y/DyeBK each 512 nozzles, C/M
each 1024 nozzles)
Copy Specifications
Multiple copy
max. 99 pages
Intensity adjustment
9 positions, Auto intensity (AE copy)
208
Reduction / Enlargement
25 % - 400 % (1 % unit)
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver
Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size
A4/Letter, 8.5" x 11.7"/216 x 297 mm
Scanning resolution
Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 1200 x 2400 dpi *1
Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2
*1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
*2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning
area.
Gradation (Input / Output)
Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: 48 bit/24 bit (RGB each 16 bit/8 bit)
Fax Specifications
Applicable line
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
IP phone line (IP phone line with quality of no problem at all by using in conversation)
Communication mode
Super G3, G3
Data compressing system
Black: MH, MR, MMR
Color: JPEG
Modem speed
max. 33.6 kbps
(Automatic fallback)
Transmission speed
Black: Approx. 3 seconds/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Color: Approx. 1 minute/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on Canon COLOR FAX TEST SHEET.)
Gradation
Black: 256 levels
Color: 24 bit Full Color (RGB each 8 bit)
Density adjustment
3 levels
Memory
Transmission/reception: approx. 250 pages
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Fax resolution
Black Standard: 203 pels/inch x 98 lines/inch (8 pels/mm x 3.85 lines/mm)
Black Fine, Photo: 203 pels/inch x 196 lines/inch (8 pels/mm x 7.70 lines/mm)
209
Black Extra fine: 300 x 300 dpi
Color: 200 x 200 dpi
Dialing
Automatic dialing
- Recipient (max. 100 destinations)
- Group dial (max. 99 destinations)
Regular dialing
Automatic redialing
Manual redialing (max. 10 destinations)
Others
Activity report (after every 20 transactions)
Sequential broadcasting (max. 101 destinations)
Rejected numbers (max. 10 destinations)
Error reduction setting (VoIP) *
* For details, see "Error reduction setting (VoIP)" in "Advanced FAX settings".
Network Specifications
Communication protocol
TCP/IP
Wired LAN
Supported Standards: IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX) / IEEE802.3 (10BASE-T)
Transfer speed: 10 M/100 Mbps (auto switching)
Wireless LAN
Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
WCN (WCN-NET)
Easy wireless connect
Other Features: Administration password
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
210
Windows
Operating System
Windows 10, Windows 8.1
Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
.NET Framework 4.5.2 or 4.6 is required.
Hard Disk Space
3 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Display
XGA 1024 x 768
Mac OS
Operating System
OS X v10.10.5 - OS X v10.11, macOS Sierra v10.12
Hard Disk Space
1.5 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Display
XGA 1024 x 768
Other Supported OS
iOS, Android, Windows 10 Mobile
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
Google Cloud Print
PIXMA Cloud Link
Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.
Internet connection is required to use Easy-WebPrint EX and all the user's guide.
Easy-WebPrint EX: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10 and 11* (for Windows) is required.
Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the
Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.
• In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be open. Contact the network
administrator for details.
•
•
•
•
•
Information in this guide is subject to change without notice.
211
Information about Paper
Supported Media Types
Paper Load Limit
Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
Print Area
212
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
• For details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Paper for printing photos:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-301>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
• Envelopes*1
• T-Shirt Transfers*1
• Greeting Card*1
*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device
is not supported.
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
• When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, you must specify the
page size and media type.
Printing from Digital Camera
213
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
• Letter
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Legal
A4
B5
A5
L(89x127mm)
KG/4"x6"(10x15)
2L/5"x7"(13x18)
Square 5"x5" 127x127mm
Hagaki
Hagaki 2
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm
8"x10"(20x25cm)
Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL
Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4
Yougata 4
Yougata 6
Special sizes
Special page sizes must be within the following limits:
• rear tray
- Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.51 inches (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
- Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 inches (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
• cassette
- Minimum size: 5.83 x 8.27 inches (148.0 x 210.0 mm)
- Maximum size: 8.50 x 11.69 inches (215.9 x 297.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2) (plain paper other than genuine Canon paper)
214
Paper Load Limit
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Cassette
Paper Output
Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Approx. 100 sheets
Approx. 100 sheets
Approx. 50
sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
Approx. 80 sheets
Approx. 80 sheets
Approx. 50
sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Approx. 80 sheets
N/A
Approx. 50
sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2
A4, Letter, and 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm): 10 sheets
Paper
Output
Tray
*3
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>*2
A4, Letter: 10 sheets
*3
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
A4, Letter: 10 sheets
*3
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>*2
A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x
25 cm): 10 sheets
*3
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), Square 5" x 5" (127 x 127
mm): 20 sheets
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-301>*2
A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x
25 cm): 10 sheets
*3
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), Square 5" x 5" (127 x 127
mm): 20 sheets
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
A4, Letter: 10 sheets
*3
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), 8" x 10" (20 x
25 cm): 10 sheets
*3
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
A4, Letter: 10 sheets
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm): 20 sheets
215
*3
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name
Rear Tray
Cassette
Paper Output
Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1
Approx. 100 sheets (10 Approx. 100 sheets
sheets: Legal)
Approx. 50
sheets (10
sheets: Legal)
Envelopes
10 envelopes
N/A
*3
T-Shirt Transfers
1 sheet : A4
N/A
*3
Greeting Card
1 sheet : Letter
N/A
*3
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
*3 For best results in continuous printing, remove printed paper or envelopes from the paper output tray to
avoid smearing or discoloration.
216
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
• Damp paper
• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m2))
• Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m2), except for Canon genuine
paper)
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards
• Postcards
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
• Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
217
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
218
Printing
Printing from Computer
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from Digital Camera
Printing Using Operation Panel
Paper Settings
219
Printing from Computer
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Printing from Application Software (AirPrint)
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Printing Using a Web Service
220
Printing from Application Software (AirPrint)
Printing Using AirPrint Basic
Adding AirPrint Printer
How to Open AirPrint Printer Settings Screen
Display the Printing Status Screen
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Removing AirPrint Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers
221
Printing Using AirPrint
You can print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents using AirPrint, even if the printer
driver is not installed or the application is not downloaded.
Print with AirPrint from a Mac
1. Check that printer power is on
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer
3. Start printing from your application software
The Print dialog opens.
4. Select printer
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
Note
• Click Show Details to switch the setup window to the detailed display.
5. Check print settings
222
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Feed from and Media Type from
Media & Quality of the pop-up menu.
Important
• An error may occur if the paper size/type set in the print dialog is different from the paper size/
type set on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that
correspond to the paper being printed.
• If printing in A4, A5, JIS B5, or US Letter, set the desired feed position (Main Tray or Rear
Tray) from Feed from of the print dialog. If Auto Select is selected in Feed from, the feed
position differs depending on Media Type. If Media Type is set to plain paper, it is fed from the
cassette (main tray). If set to other types of paper, it is fed from the rear tray.
• If printing paper such as photo paper that cannot be printed on both sides, uncheck the TwoSided checkbox.
Note
• Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to Mac OS help.
6. Click Print
When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the wireless LAN a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after
checking that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.
• The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
Printing of Envelopes
For printing on the envelope from Mac with AirPrint, refer to the following.
223
Print result image
Orientation of print data
Orientation of loading envelope
The print data is rotated by 180 degrees
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side
facing up so that the folded flap of the envelope will
be faced down on the right side.
against the print result image.
224
Adding AirPrint Printer
Procedure for adding AirPrint printer to your Mac is explained.
To re-add a printer that was deleted, open System Preferences -> Printers & Scanners, click + next to the
printer list, and then perform the procedure described below.
1. Check whether Default is selected in the displayed dialog
Note
• It may take a little time for the name of your printer to appear.
2. Select the printer
Select the printer listed as Bonjour Multifunction.
Note
• Check the following if printer does not appear.
• Printer is on
• Firewall function of the security software is off
• In case of wireless LAN connection: Printer is either connected to the wireless router or
directly connected to the PC
• In case of wired LAN connection: Printer is connected to the network device via LAN cable
• To use the printer with a USB connection, select USB Multifunction.
3. Select Secure AirPrint or AirPrint from Use
4. Click Add
AirPrint printer is added to your Mac.
225
How to Open AirPrint Printer Settings Screen
The settings screen of the AirPrint printer can be displayed from your application software.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
The Page Setup dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1. Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
The Print dialog opens.
226
Display the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen
• If the print data has been sent to the printer
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.
• If the print data has not been sent to the printer
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select the name of your printer model from the printer list,
and then click Open Print Queue....
2. Check the printing status
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
227
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...
The print status check screen appears.
3. Select the unnecessary print job and click
(Delete)
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
228
Removing AirPrint Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of
Printers
AirPrint printer that is no longer in use can be removed from the list of printers.
Before removing AirPrint printer, remove the cable connecting the printer and PC.
You cannot remove the AirPrint printer if not logged in as the administrator. For information about an
administrative user, refer to the user's manual for the Mac OS.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Delete AirPrint printer from list of printers
Select the AirPrint printer you wish to remove from the list of printers and click -.
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
229
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
Printing from Windows 10 Mobile Device
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
230
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Use AirPrint to print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents without having to download
special applications.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment
iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS
• Requirement
The iOS device and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected
directly without wireless router.
Printing with AirPrint from iOS Device
1. Check that printer power is on
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer
3. Tap operation icon using your iOS device's application
The following screen appears when printing from iOS 10's Safari. The screen differs depending on the
devices or applications.
231
Menu options appear.
4. Tap Print
5. Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options.
Important
• Because some applications do not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If
an application does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that application.
232
6. Check Print Settings
Set the number of copies to be printed and print options, as needed.
7. Tap Print
When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the wireless LAN a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after
checking that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.
Paper Size
With AirPrint, the paper size is selected automatically according to the application being used on the iOS
device and the region in which AirPrint is used.
When you use the photo application, the default paper size is L size in Japan, and 4"x6" or KG in other
countries and regions.
When you use the document application, the default paper size is letter size in the U.S. region, and A4 in
Japan and Europe.
Important
• Depending on the device or OS, the initial settings of paper size may differ from the above
mentioned.
Test printing is recommended.
• Depending on the application you are using, the available paper size may differ.
Printing of Envelopes
For printing on the envelope from iOS device with AirPrint, refer to the following.
Print result image
Orientation of print data
Orientation of loading envelope
The print data is rotated by 180 degrees
against the print result image.
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side
facing up so that the folded flap of the envelope will
be faced down on the right side.
233
Checking Print Status
You can check the print status of AirPrint from Print Center.
Click the Home button in the iOS device twice to switch to multitask mode, swipe towards the right to
display Print Center, then tap on it.
Deleting Print Job
To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods:
• From printer: Use Stop button to cancel the print job.
• From iOS device: Click the Home button in the iOS device twice to switch to multitask mode, swipe
towards the right to display Print Center, then tap on it. In the screen that appears, tap on the print
job to be deleted, and then tap Cancel Printing.
234
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print or scan by connecting the devices to the
printer directly.
Follow the procedure below to use Wireless Direct.
1. Enable Wireless Direct.
2. Connect devices to printer.
3. Perform printing or scanning operation.
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time.
• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Preparing for Wireless Direct
Change settings below to prepare for Wireless Direct.
• Printer's LAN settings
Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer
• Settings of a device to connect
Connecting the Device to the Printer
Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Device settings.
5. Select LAN settings.
6. Select Wireless Direct.
235
7. Select Wireless Direct active/inactive.
8. Select ON.
The confirmation screen asking if you display the password information appears.
9. Select Yes or No.
The list of Wireless Direct settings is displayed.
The device detects the printer by the identifier (SSID).
Note
• You can check the following.
•
•
•
•
SSID
Security setting
Password
Printer's name which appears on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device
The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device
you are using, no password is required.
When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name
displayed on the touch screen from your device.
• The identifier (SSID) and the security setting are specified automatically. To update them, see
below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
10. Select OK.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Connecting the Device to the Printer
1. Turn on wireless communication on your device.
Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.
For more on turning on wireless communication, see your device's instruction manual.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from
list displayed on device.
Note
• If "DIRECT-XXXX-TR8500series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
See Enabling Wireless Direct of Printer to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Enter password.
236
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
• Check the password for the Wireless Direct.
Check by one of the following methods.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
• Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a
device to the printer via wireless LAN. Enter the password specified for the printer.
• If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting
to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to
connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the touch screen is the same as that of your wireless communication
device and select Yes.
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
Connect a device and the printer and start printing/scanning.
Note
• For more on printing or scanning from a device via wireless LAN, refer to the device's or application's
instruction manual.
• You can print/scan from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Download it from App Store and Google Play.
For iOS
For Android
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
237
4. Select
Device settings.
5. Select LAN settings.
6. Select Wireless Direct.
7. Select a setting item.
• To change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct
Select A to display the setting screen of the identifier (SSID).
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
1. Select the entry field.
2. Enter the identifier (SSID) (up to 32 characters).
3. Select Auto update or OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the identifier (SSID).
Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and
the password, select Yes. To check the security setting and the updated identifier (SSID)/
password, select Details and select Yes on the screen displayed next.
• To change the password for Wireless Direct
Select B to display the setting screen of the password.
Follow the procedure below to change the password.
1. Select the entry field.
2. Enter the password (up to 10 characters).
3. Select Auto update or OK.
Selecting OK finishes specifying the password.
Selecting Auto update displays the confirmation screen. To update the identifier (SSID) and
the password, select Yes. To check the security setting and the updated identifier (SSID)/
password, select Details and select Yes on the screen displayed next.
238
• To change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
to the printer
Select C to display the confirmation screen. If you want the printer to display the screen to inform
you a Wi-Fi direct compatible device is connecting to the printer, select Yes.
Important
• To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should not change the setting from
the default.
• To check the current Wireless Direct settings
Select D to display the confirmation screen. To check the current Wireless Direct settings, select
Yes.
Note
• If you select Print details, you can print the network settings.
8. Press HOME button.
The HOME screen is displayed.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
239
Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing Photo Data
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
240
Printing Photo Data
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card Basic
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
241
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card
You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily.
This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Select photo print.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Load photo paper.
3. Select
Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4. Select
Memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
5. Select
Select photo print.
6. Insert memory card into card slot.
The photo selection screen is displayed.
Note
• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen is displayed.
If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card, the confirmation screen to select
which file you print is displayed. Select Print photos in the displayed screen.
• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved.
is displayed on the touch screen.
• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per
2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
7. Specify settings as necessary.
• To select the photo to print:
Flick horizontally to select the photo.
You can also select the photo by tapping "A".
242
You can print a copy of the displayed photo by pressing the Color button.
• To change the display method, the number of copies, or the print settings:
Select
near the bottom of the displayed photo to display menus.
A. Total number of copies
Total number of copies is displayed.
When tapping, the Check total no. of copies screen is displayed and you can check the
number of copies for each photo. On the Check total no. of copies screen, you can change
the number of copies for each photo.
B. Number of copies
Select to specify the number of copies.
I. Flick vertically to specify the number of copies.
243
Select to display the photo selection screen.
J. Select to specify the number of copies.
Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies.
Note
• You can specify the number of copies for each photo. Display the photo you want to print
and specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed.
C. Switching group
Select to switch the photo group.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
D. Settings
Select to display the Settings screen.
You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
E. Comparing photos
Select to display two photos side-by-side.
244
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
F. Zooming in
Select to zoom in on the photo.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
G. Date specification
Select photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
H. Multi display
Select to display the multiple photos at once.
245
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
8. Touch Color button.
The printer starts printing.
Note
• Press the Stop button to cancel printing.
• While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print).
Adding Print Job
Adding Print Job
You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos.
Follow the procedure below to add the print job.
1. Flick photo while printing to select next photo.
Note
• While you select the photo, the printer prints the reserved photos.
• The
reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job.
2. Specify the number of copies for each photo.
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print
settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the
print job.
3. Press Color button.
The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing.
If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.
246
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot display the HOME screen, change the print menu, or print
from the computer or other devices.
• While processing the print job, the photo in other group is not selected.
• If you press the Stop button while processing the print job, the screen to select a method to cancel
reservation is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel printing all photos. If
you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last printing job.
• If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the
operation. may be displayed on the touch screen. In this case, wait a while and add the print job.
247
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the
memory card.
Flick vertically to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the
setting.
Note
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If the
setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected,
touch screen. In this case, select
change the setting.
and Error details are displayed on the
on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if another print menu is selected or the
printer is turned off.
You can specify the following setting items.
• Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
• Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
• Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the paper
settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
• Print qlty (Print quality)
Select print quality according to the photo.
• Border (Bordered/Borderless print)
Select bordered or borderless print.
• Photo fix
248
When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the most
suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter
to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each scene
with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.
Note
• As a default, photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied.
• If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.
• Red-EyeCorrection
Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.
Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be
corrected.
• Print date
Activates/deactivates to print the date (shooting date) on a photo.
Note
• The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user
settings under Device settings under Settings.
Device user settings
249
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
You can print a template form such as lined paper, graph paper, or checklist, etc. on A4, B5, or Letter-sized
plain paper.
Printable template forms
Printing template forms
Printable template forms
The following templates are available:
• Notebook paper
You can select three line spacing formats.
Setting on the touch screen:
◦ Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)
◦ Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)
◦ Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)
Note
• You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper.
• Graph paper
You can select two square sizes.
Setting on the touch screen:
◦ Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)
◦ Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)
Note
• You cannot print Graph paper on B5 sized paper.
• Checklist
You can print a notepad with checkboxes.
Setting on the touch screen:
Checklist
250
• Staff paper
You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves.
Setting on the touch screen:
◦ Staff paper 1 (10 staves)
◦ Staff paper 2 (12 staves)
• Handwriting paper
You can print handwriting paper.
Setting on the touch screen:
Handwriting paper (3 lines)
• Weekly schedule
You can print a weekly schedule form.
Setting on the touch screen:
Weekly schedule (vertical)
• Monthly schedule
You can print a monthly schedule form.
Setting on the touch screen:
Monthly schedule(calendar)
Printing template forms
Print template form following the procedure below.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Load A4, B5, or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Select
Print on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
251
4. Select
Templates.
5. Select template you want to print.
Printable template forms
6. Specify settings as necessary.
You can specify the following setting items.
• Copies
Specify the number of copies.
• Page size
Select the page size depending on the loaded paper.
Note
• Depending on the form, some setting of page size cannot be specified. If it is selected,
and Error details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, select
on the upper
left on the touch screen to check the message and change the setting.
• Type (Media type)
The paper type is set to Plain paper.
• Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches
the paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
• 2-sidedPrintSetting
Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing.
7. Start printing.
Press the Color button for printing following forms.
252
• Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)
• Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)
• Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)
• Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)
• Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)
• Handwriting paper (3 lines)
Press the Black button for printing following forms.
• Checklist
• Staff paper 1 (10 staves)
• Staff paper 2 (12 staves)
• Weekly schedule (vertical)
• Monthly schedule(calendar)
253
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
Note
• The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the
printer and when you print using the printer driver.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
After loading paper:
• When you close the feed slot cover:
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
254
• When you insert the cassette:
The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
* You can load only plain paper in the cassette.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the paper
information registered to the printer:
Ex:
• Paper setting for printing or copying: A5
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4
255
When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.
Selecting OK on the touch screen displays the paper setting specified for printing or copying under the
message.
Check the message and select OK. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of
the operations below.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select if you want to print on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing or copying with A5 on the paper loaded.
256
Replace the paper and print
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper before you start printing or copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and closing the feed
slot cover or inserting the cassette. Register the paper information according to the paper that you
loaded.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, press the Back button when the
screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed, check the paper
size and the media type and register them to the printer.
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying. Change the paper
settings and try printing again.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
• When you print using the operation panel of the printer:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the display setting when you copy or print using the operation panel of the printer:
Feed settings
• When you print from Windows:
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the display setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
• When you print from Mac OS:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the display setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The printer starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the
paper information registered to the printer are different.
257
Copying
Making Copies
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Basics
Two-Sided Copying
Collated Copying
Special Copy Menu
Copying Using Smartphone or Tablet
258
Making Copies
This section describes the procedure to copy with Standard copy.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Select
Copy on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
4. Select
Standard copy.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
5. Load original document on platen glass or in ADF.
6. Specify settings as necessary.
A. The scanning method and copy layout are displayed.
Switch the scanning method from the ADF and layout (single-sided/two-sided).
B. Specifies the number of copies.
259
F. Flick to specify the number of copies.
G. Specifies the number of copies.
If you keep touching here, the number scrolls by 10.
C. Displays the print setting items.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Copying
D. Previews an image of the printout on the preview screen.
For details:
Displaying Preview Screen
E. Specifies the page size.
260
7. Press Color button for color copying, or Black button for black & white copying.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen glass or from the document output slot after copying is complete.
Important
• If you load the original on the platen glass, do not open the document cover or remove the original
while Scanning document... is displayed on the touch screen.
• If you load the original in the ADF, do not move the original until copying is complete.
Note
• To cancel copying, touch the Stop button.
Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy)
If you load the original on the platen glass, you can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job.
Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as
the one which you previously pressed.
Important
• When you load the original on the platen glass, move the document cover gently.
Note
• When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.
261
• When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media
type cannot be changed.
• If you touch the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to
cancel copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel copying all
scanned data. If you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs.
Please wait a while and redo the operation. may appear on the touch screen. Select OK and wait
a while, and then try copying again.
• If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning. appears on the touch screen
when scanning, select OK and touch the Stop button to cancel copying. After that, copy the
documents that have not been finished copying.
262
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity.
Print Settings Screen
Note
• For more on the print setting screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
How to display the print setting screen varies with the copy menu.
• In Standard copy:
The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings on the Copy standby screen.
• In Borderless copy, Frame erase copy, or ID card copy:
The following screen is displayed before copying.
Setting Items
Flick to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the
setting.
Note
• Depending on the copy menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the
setting items in Copy.
The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out.
For more on the setting items for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
263
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy
menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected,
displayed on the touch screen. In this case, select
the message and change the setting.
and Error details are
on the upper left on the touch screen to check
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the printer is turned off.
• When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting, The specified
function is not available with current settings. is displayed on the touch screen. Change the
setting, following the on-screen instructions.
Following setting items can be changed.
• Magnif. (Magnification)
Specify the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
• Intensity
Specify the intensity.
A. Select to activate/deactivate automatic intensity adjustment.
When ON is selected, the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on
the platen glass.
B. Drag to specify the intensity.
• Page size
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
• Type (Media type)
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
• Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
• Print qlty (Print quality)
264
Adjust print quality according to the original.
Important
• If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select
Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again.
• Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays
instead of black or white.
• Layout
Select the layout.
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
• ADF duplex scan
Select whether to perform duplex scanning from the ADF.
Two-Sided Copying
• 2-sidedPrintSetting
Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
Two-Sided Copying
• Collate
Select whether to obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original.
Collated Copying
265
Scanning
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning from Computer (AirPrint)
Scanning from Operation Panel
Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet
266
Scanning from Computer (AirPrint)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
267
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
268
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Use IJ Scan Utility Lite to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking
the corresponding icon.
Important
• The displayed items and available functions vary depending on your scanner or printer.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Lite Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
• For how to specify a folder, see Settings Dialog.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
269
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog.
270
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main
screen, and then scan again.
•
•
•
•
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
4. Click Auto.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog to set where to save the scanned images and to make advanced
scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
271
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
272
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
item in the Settings dialog.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog, the same settings can be used for scanning from
the next time.
• In the Settings dialog, specify image processing settings such as slant correction, set where to
save the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
273
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
274
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall
into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
• Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) when opening/closing the
document cover. May result in unintended operation.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size
does not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size, align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the
arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (selection box) manually.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area)
of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
275
Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on
the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
Important
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
• For the portions in which items cannot be scanned, click Home to return to the top page of the
Online Manual for your model and search for
"Loading Originals."
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between
items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
• In IJ Scan Utility Lite, place up to 12 items.
• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are corrected automatically.
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
• Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF. May result in paper jam.
• Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
• For supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF, click Home to return to the top page of
the Online Manual for your model and search for "Supported Originals."
1. Open document tray.
276
2. Place documents on ADF, and then adjust document guides to width of documents.
Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds.
To scan both sides of the documents, place the documents face-up.
Note
• When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned
correctly if placed the other way around.
277
Faxing
Preparing for Faxing
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of
Printer
Registering Recipients
Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows)
Sending Faxes from Computer (Mac OS)
Receiving Faxes
Other Useful Fax Functions
278
Preparing for Faxing
Connect the printer to the telephone line and set up the printer before using the faxing functions. Then
specify the basic setting such as sender information, date/time, and daylight saving time.
Important
• If the Power Disconnects:
If there is a power failure or if you accidentally unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be
reset.
• The settings for user information and directory will be retained.
• All faxes stored in the printer's memory, such as unsent and received faxes, will be lost.
If the power disconnects, the following will apply:
• You will not be able to send or receive faxes, make copies, or scan originals.
• When you are connecting the telephone, whether or not you can use it depends upon your
telephone line or telephone.
Setting Up Printer
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function.
All Setup
Setting Up the FAX
Individual Setup
1. Connecting Telephone Line
2. Setting Telephone Line Type
3. Setting Receive Mode
4. Setting Sender Information
Note
• You can set the fax setting according to the instruction on the touch screen.
Easy setup
If you set up according to the instruction on the touch screen, the receive mode is set to TEL priority
mode or FAX only mode. To receive faxes with DRPD or Network switch, change the receive
mode.
Setting Receive Mode
279
Connecting Telephone Line
The connection method differs depending on your telephone line.
• If you connect the printer to wall telephone line directly/If you connect the printer with the xDSL splitter:
Basic Connection
• If you connect the printer to another line such as an xDSL:
Connecting Various Lines
If the connection is incorrect, the printer cannot send/receive faxes. Connect the printer correctly.
Important
• Do not connect fax devices and/or telephones in parallel (US and Canada only).
If two or more fax devices and/or telephones are connected in parallel, the following problems may
occur and the printer may not operate properly.
• If you pick up the handset of the telephone that is connected in parallel during fax transmission or
reception, the fax image may be corrupted or a communication error may occur.
• Such services as Caller ID, etc. may not operate properly on the telephone.
If you cannot avoid parallel connections, set the receive mode to TEL priority mode, understanding
that the above problems may occur. You will only be able to receive faxes manually.
Basic Connection
Make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end of supplied telephone line cable to the telephone
line jack near the "LINE" mark of the printer, and then connect the other end to the telephone line jack on
the wall or to the telephone line jack of the xDSL splitter.
When you connect the telephone to the printer, make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end
of the modular cable to the external device jack near the "EXT." mark of the printer, and then connect the
other end to the telephone line jack of the telephone.
280
Important
• Be sure to connect the telephone line before the printer is turned on.
If you connect the telephone line when the printer is turned on, turn the printer off and unplug the
power cord. Wait for 1 minute, and then connect the power plug.
Note
• Refer to Rear View for the position of the telephone line jack and the external device jack.
• Before connecting a telephone or answering device, remove the Telephone connector cap.
• For users in the UK:
If the connector of the external device cannot be connected to the jack on the printer, you will need to
purchase a B.T. adapter to connect as follows:
Attach the B.T. adapter to the modular cable connecting the external device, and then connect the
B.T. adapter to the external device jack.
Connecting Various Lines
This section introduces how to connect various lines.
These are examples and could not be guaranteed to suit every connecting condition. For details, refer to
the instruction manual supplied with the network device (control devices such as an xDSL (Digital
Subscriber Line) modem or terminal adapter) you are connecting to this printer.
Note
• xDSL is the generic term for the high speed digital communication technology with telephone line
such as ADSL/HDSL/SDSL/VDSL.
• Connecting to an Internet Telephone
281
A. Digital Subscriber Line
B. xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C. Broadband router compatible with Internet Telephone
D. Computer
E. Telephone or answering device
F. WAN (Wide Area Network) port
G. LAN (Local Area Network) port
H. TEL port
I. LINE port
* Port configurations and names may vary depending on the product.
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in
Telephone line type.
Setting Telephone Line Type
• Connecting to an xDSL
A. Analog Subscriber Line
B. xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C. Computer
D. Telephone or answering device
Important
• When the splitter is not built-in to the modem, do not branch the telephone line before the splitter
(wall side). And also, do not connect splitters in parallel. The printer may not be able to operate
properly.
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in
Telephone line type.
Setting Telephone Line Type
282
• Connecting to an ISDN Line
For details on ISDN (Integrated Service Digital Network) connection and settings, refer to the manuals
supplied with your terminal adapter or dial-up router.
283
Setting Telephone Line Type
Before using your printer, make sure you set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line. If you
are unsure of your telephone line type, contact your telephone company. For xDSL or ISDN connections,
contact the telephone company or service provider to confirm your line type.
Important
• For users in China:
After plugging the power cord and turning on the printer, the telephone line type is selected
automatically. However, if the printer is connected to the control device such as an xDSL modem or
terminal adapter, the telephone line type may not be selected correctly.
In this case, set the line type manually.
For details on how to set the Telephone line type manually in China:
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
Note
• Telephone line type will not appear in countries or regions where Rotary pulse is not supported.
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to check the current setting.
Summary of Reports and Lists
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Device settings.
5. Select FAX settings.
6. Select FAX user settings.
7. Select Telephone line type.
8. Select a telephone line type.
284
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
This section describes the procedure to set the telephone line type manually in China.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Device settings.
5. Select FAX settings.
6. Select FAX user settings.
7. Select Telephone line auto selection.
The current telephone line type is displayed.
8. Check current telephone line type, and then select OK.
Note
• If you do not need to change the telephone line type, press the HOME button to return to the
HOME screen.
285
9. Select OFF.
10. Select a telephone line type.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
286
Setting Receive Mode
Set the receiving operation (receiving mode).
For details on how to set the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
You can select the appropriate mode.
For details on the selectable receive mode:
About Receive Mode
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
Note
• The receiving operation procedure varies depending on the selected receive mode.
For details on receiving method depending on each receive mode:
Receiving Faxes
• If you want to use a single telephone line for faxes and voice calls, you need to connect a telephone or
an answering device to the external device jack of this printer.
For details on how to connect the telephone or the answering device to the printer:
Basic Connection
Setting Receive Mode
This section describes the procedure to select the receive mode.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select Receive mode settings.
5. Select a receive mode, and then select OK.
Note
• By selecting Advanced, you can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
287
• For details on the receive mode:
About Receive Mode
• DRPD is available only in the US and Canada.
• Network switch may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
• Refer to Receiving Faxes for information on receiving faxes or the procedure for each receive
mode.
About Receive Mode
You can select the receive mode suitable for your fax use conditions: whether you use a dedicated line for
fax, etc.
Receive
mode
Your fax use condition
Receiving operation
TEL priority mode
When mainly receiving voice
calls (with a telephone or answering device connected to
the printer):
When a call incomes, the telephone will ring.
Pick up the handset.
If the call is a voice call, talk on the telephone.
If the call is a fax, hang up the handset after the printer starts receiving
the fax.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the printer, depending on the type or settings of the telephone.
DRPD or
When receiving voice calls
When a call incomes, the telephone will ring. The printer detects a fax
Network
switch
(with a telephone or answering device connected to the
printer) and subscribing to a
ring pattern detection service
provided by your telephone
company:
call by the fax ring pattern.
If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
If the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will
continue ringing.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the printer, depending on the type or settings of the telephone.
FAX only
mode
When not receiving voice
calls:
When a fax incomes, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
• Advanced setting in TEL priority mode
You can specify the following setting items.
◦ Manual/auto switch: ON/Manual/auto switch: OFF
288
If you select Manual/auto switch: ON, the printer automatically receives faxes after the external
device rang a specified length of time.
You can specify the length of time until automatic reception is started.
◦ RX start time
You can specify the length of time until automatic reception is started when Manual/auto switch:
ON is selected. Specify the length of time and select OK.
◦ User-friendly RX: ON/User-friendly RX: OFF
If you select User-friendly RX: ON, the printer automatically switches from telephone calling to
fax reception by detecting the fax signal (CNG signal) when you lift the handset of the telephone
or the answering device answers. When you have an answering device connected to the printer,
select User-friendly RX: ON to switch to fax reception automatically after the answering device
answers.
If you select User-friendly RX: OFF, the printer does not switch from telephone calling to fax
reception automatically even if the printer detects the fax signal (CNG signal). Select Userfriendly RX: OFF if you want the printer not to switch automatically during a call.
Note
• If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the number of times the external device
rings specified with Ring count in FAX only mode is available in TEL priority mode.
If you want to specify the number of times the external device rings in TEL priority mode, select
FAX only mode on the Receive mode settings screen, specify the number of times the external
device rings with Ring count, and then switch to TEL priority mode in Receive mode settings.
• If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, we recommend that you select Manual/
auto switch: OFF.
• Advanced setting in FAX only mode
You can specify the following setting item.
◦ Ring count
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Specify the number of time and select OK.
• Advanced setting in DRPD
You can specify the following setting items.
◦ Ring pattern (Normal ring/Double ring/Short-short-long/Short-long-short)
Sets the distinctive ring pattern of a call that the printer assumes is a fax call.
If you subscribe to a DRPD service, set the ring pattern to match the pattern assigned by your
telephone company.
Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
◦ Ring count
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Specify the number of time and select OK.
289
• Advanced setting in Network switch
You can specify the following setting item.
◦ Ring count
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Specify the number of time and select OK.
Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
If you have subscribed to a Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) service provided by your telephone
company, your telephone company will assign two or more telephone numbers with distinctive ring
patterns to your single telephone line, allowing you to have different numbers for fax calls and voice calls
using only one telephone line. Your printer will automatically monitor the ring pattern, and will
automatically receive the fax if the ring pattern is a fax call.
To use DRPD, follow the procedure below to set the fax ring pattern that matches the pattern assigned by
your telephone company.
Note
• Contact your local telephone company for detailed information on this service.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select Receive mode settings.
5. Select DRPD.
6. Select Advanced.
7. Select ring pattern that your telephone company assigned to your fax number.
290
8. Specify number of time and select OK.
9. Select OK.
The Function list screen is displayed.
291
Setting Sender Information
You can set the sender information such as date/time, unit name, and unit fax/telephone number.
About Sender Information
Setting Date and Time
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Registering User Information
About Sender Information
If the unit name and unit fax/telephone number are registered, they are printed with date and time as
sender information on the recipient's fax.
A. Date and time of transmission
B. Unit fax/telephone number
C. Unit name
D. The registered recipient's name is printed when sending faxes.
E. Page number
Note
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to confirm the sender information you have registered.
Summary of Reports and Lists
• When sending faxes in black & white, you can select whether to print the sender information inside or
outside the image area.
Specify the setting on TTI position in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
Advanced FAX settings
• You can select the date print format from three formats: YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, and DD/MM/
YYYY.
Select the date print format on Date display format under Device user settings.
Device user settings
292
Setting Date and Time
This section describes the procedure to set the date and time.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Device settings.
5. Select Device user settings.
6. Select Date/time setting.
7. Set date.
1. Select a setting item to change.
2. Select number to enter.
Enter only the last two digits of the year.
293
3. Select OK.
4. Select OK again when all settings are completed.
8. Set time.
1. Select a setting item to change.
2. Select number to enter.
Enter the date and time in 24-hour format.
3. Select OK.
4. Select OK again when all settings are completed.
9. Press HOME button to return to HOME screen.
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward at
certain periods of the year.
You can set your printer to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Important
• Not all the latest information of all countries or regions is applied for Daylight saving time setting by
default. You need to change the default setting according to the latest information of your country or
region.
294
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Device settings.
5. Select Device user settings.
6. Select Daylight saving time setting.
7. Select ON.
To disable summer time, select OFF.
8. Set date and time when summer time starts.
1. Set date when summer time starts.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
2. Set time (in 24-hour format) when summer time starts.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
295
9. Set date and time when summer time ends.
1. Set date when summer time ends.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
2. Set time (in 24-hour format) when summer time ends.
Select a setting item to change, and then specify the setting. Select OK again when all settings
are completed.
10. Press HOME button to return to HOME screen.
Registering User Information
This section describes the procedure to register the user information.
296
Note
• Before sending a fax, be sure to enter your name and fax/telephone number in Unit name and Unit
TEL on the User information settings screen (for US only).
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
Device settings.
5. Select FAX settings.
6. Select FAX user settings.
7. Select User information settings.
The screen to register the unit name and the unit fax/telephone number is displayed.
8. Enter unit name.
1. Select entry field under Unit name.
The screen to enter the character is displayed.
2. Enter unit name.
297
3. Select OK.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 24 characters, including spaces.
• For details on how to enter or delete characters:
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
9. Enter unit fax/telephone number.
1. Select entry field under Unit TEL.
The screen to enter the number is displayed.
2. Enter unit fax/telephone number.
3. Select OK.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 20 digits, including spaces.
• For details on how to enter or delete characters:
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
10. Select Register to finalize registration.
298
Registering Recipients
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
299
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Registering recipients in the printer's directory in advance allows you to dial fax/telephone numbers simply.
The following methods to register are available:
• Recipient registration
Registering the recipient's fax/telephone number and name allows you to send a fax by selecting a
registered recipient in the printer directory.
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
• Group dial registration
You can combine two or more recipients registered in advance into a group. You can send the same
document to all the registered recipients in the group.
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
Number of registrations (total of individual recipients and group dials):
Up to 100
Note
• To change the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Changing Registered
Information.
• To delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Deleting Registered
Information.
• To print a list of the recipient's fax/telephone numbers and names registered, see Printing List of
Registered Destinations.
• You can register, change, or delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial using
Speed Dial Utility2 on the computer.
• For Windows:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
• For Mac OS:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
300
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
Before you can use the printer's directory, you need to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers. Follow
the procedure below to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select TEL number registration.
5. Select Directory registration.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
Note
• If you already registered the recipients, the recipients' name is displayed next to the ID number. If
you already registered the group dial, the
ID number.
icon and the group name are displayed next to the
6. Select an unregistered ID number.
Note
• If you already registered the recipients and they are displayed by name, select Switch view. The
registered recipients are displayed by ID number.
• If you select New entry, an unregistered ID number will be selected in numerical order.
7. Select Register recipient.
301
8. Select a registration method.
9. Register recipients' fax/telephone number.
Register the recipients' fax/telephone number depending on the registration method selected.
• By entering the number
The screen to register the recipient's fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next
step.
• From outgoing call log
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number from the
outgoing call logs is displayed.
Selecting a fax/telephone number from the outgoing call logs, the screen to register the recipient's
fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next step.
• From incoming call log
When you select this registration method, the screen to select the fax/telephone number or the
name from the incoming call logs is displayed.
302
Select a fax/telephone number or name from the incoming call logs, the screen to register the
recipient's fax/telephone number and name is displayed. Go to next step.
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.
10. Enter recipient's name.
If you select From incoming call log as a registration method, the recipient's name may be already
entered. If you do not change the name, go to next step.
1. Select entry field of name.
The screen to enter the character is displayed.
2. Enter recipient's name.
3. Select OK.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
11. Enter recipient's fax/telephone number.
If you select a fax/telephone number on From outgoing call log or From incoming call log, the fax/
telephone number is already entered. If you do not change the fax/telephone number, go to next step.
1. Select entry field of fax/telephone numbers.
The screen to enter the number is displayed.
303
2. Enter recipient's fax/telephone number.
3. Select OK.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada, Korea and
some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
• When Telephone line type in FAX user settings under FAX settings is set to Rotary pulse,
you can enter a tone ("T") by selecting the Tone key.
12. Select Register to finalize registration.
Note
• To register another recipient's number and name, select an unregistered ID number and operate
in the same procedure.
• You can check the recipient's numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT
TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
304
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
If you register two or more registered recipients to a group dial, you can send the same document
successively to all recipients registered to the group dial.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select TEL number registration.
5. Select Directory registration.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
Note
• If you already registered the recipients, the recipients' name is displayed next to the ID number. If
you already registered the group dial, the
ID number.
icon and the group name are displayed next to the
6. Select an unregistered ID number.
Note
• If you already registered the recipients and they are displayed by name, select Switch view. The
registered recipients are displayed by ID number.
• If you select New entry, an unregistered ID number will be selected in numerical order.
7. Select Group dial registration.
305
The screen to register the group name and the member of the group is displayed.
8. Enter group name.
1. Select entry field of group name.
The screen to enter the character is displayed.
2. Enter group name.
3. Select OK.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
9. Register registered recipient as a member of group dial.
1. Select Add member.
The printer's directory is displayed.
306
Display by name
Display by ID number
A. Select to switch the display by name and by ID number.
B. Select to display the screen to select an initial. You can search the registered recipient by
initial.
By selecting the initial, the registered recipients are displayed in alphabetical order from the
selected character.
C. Select to display the screen to select an ID number of the registered recipient. You can
search the registered recipient by ID number.
307
By enter the ID number and selecting OK, the registered recipients are displayed in order
from the recipient of the ID number selected.
D. The recipients that can be registered are displayed.
2. Select a recipient to register as group member.
The member to register is displayed on the list.
Note
• To delete the recipient from the group dial, select a recipient that you want to delete from the
list. After the confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete the recipient from the
group dial.
3. To add another member, select Add member again.
The printer's directory is displayed.
4. Select a recipient to register as group member.
The member to register is displayed on the list.
308
Repeat the procedure to register another member to the same group dial.
10. Select Complete to finalize registration.
Note
• To register another group, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure.
• You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL
TELEPHONE NO. LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
309
Changing Registered Information
To change information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select TEL number registration.
5. Select Directory registration.
6. Select a recipient or a group dial to change.
7. Change registered information.
• To change an individual recipient:
1. Select Edit recipient.
The registered information screen of the selected recipient is displayed.
2. Select entry field of name or entry field of fax/telephone numbers.
The each edit screen is displayed.
3. Change name or fax/telephone numbers.
4. Select OK.
The touch screen returns to the registered information screen.
5. Select Register.
• To change a group dial:
1. Select Edit group dial.
The registered information screen of the group dial is displayed.
2. To change group name, select entry field of name.
When edit screen of group name is displayed, change the group name, and then select OK.
3. To add member, select Add member.
When the printer's directory is displayed, select the recipient you want to add.
4. To delete member, select recipient on list.
310
When the confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete the recipient from the group
dial.
5. Select Complete to finalize changing.
311
Deleting Registered Information
To delete information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select TEL number registration.
5. Select Directory registration.
6. Select a recipient or a group dial to delete.
7. Delete registered information.
• To delete an individual recipient:
1. Select Delete recipient.
2. When confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete.
• To delete a group dial:
1. Select Delete group dial.
2. When confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes to delete.
312
Printing List of Registered Destinations
You can print a list of the fax/telephone numbers and can keep it near the printer to refer to when dialing.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
5. Select Print reports/lists.
6. Select Directory list.
7. Select an item to print.
• If you selected Recipient:
The confirmation screen to select whether to print the list in alphabetical order is displayed.
If you select Yes: Prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in alphabetical order.
If you select No: Prints RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST in the order of the ID number.
• If you selected Group dial:
The printing confirmation screen is displayed. Select Yes to print GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO.
LIST.
313
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Mac OS)
About Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 is a utility for forwarding the telephone directory registered on the printer to a computer
and registering/changing it on the computer. In addition, you can register the telephone directory edited on
the computer to the printer. You can also save them on the computer as a backup.
For safety reasons, it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed
Dial Utility2.
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
314
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Important
• Before starting up Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that the printer is connected to the computer correctly.
• Do not plug in or unplug any cables while the printer is in operation, or when the computer is in sleep or
standby mode.
• If your printer is compatible with LAN connection, make sure that the printer is connected to the
computer with LAN connection to use Speed Dial Utility2 via LAN connection.
• The password entry screen may appear during startup or operation. If it appears, enter the
administrator password, and then click OK. If you do not know the administrator password, contact the
administrator of the printer.
Follow the procedure below to start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1. Select Applications on Go menu of Finder.
2. Double-click Canon Utilities folder.
3. Double-click Speed Dial Utility2 folder.
4. Double-click Speed Dial Utility2.
Speed Dial Utility2 starts up.
Note
• You can also start up Speed Dial Utility2 from Quick Utility Toolbox.
315
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog
The following items are on the Speed Dial Utility2 dialog.
1. Printer Name:
Selects the printer for editing the telephone directory using Speed Dial Utility2.
Behind printer name, printer's MAC address is displayed.
Note
• For checking printer's MAC address, refer to "Checking Network Information" for your model from
Home of the Online Manual.
• For printer that supports both wireless LAN connection and wired LAN connection, MAC address
of wired LAN connection is displayed regardless of the connection method.
2. Display Printer Settings
Loads the telephone directory registered on the printer that selected for Printer Name: into Speed Dial
Utility2.
3. Setting Item List:
Selects a setting item for editing. Choose one item from TEL Number Registration, User Information
Setting, and Rejected Number Setting.
4. Registered information list
Displays the registered information selected for Setting Item List:.
316
Note
• By clicking on the item name, you can sort the display order.
5. Edit.../Select All/Delete
Edits the item that selected for Setting Item List:, or deletes the item, or selects all the items.
When multiple items on the registered information list are selected, you cannot use the Edit... button.
6. Load from PC...
Displays the telephone directory saved on the computer.
7. Instructions
Displays this guide.
8. Exit
Quits Speed Dial Utility2. Information registered or edited using Speed Dial Utility2 is neither saved on
the computer nor registered on the printer.
9. Save to PC...
Saves the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 on the computer.
10. Register to Printer
Registers the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 to the printer.
317
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your
Computer
Follow the procedure below to save the telephone directory (includes recipients' name, recipients' fax/
telephone number, group dial, user's name, user's fax/telephone number, and rejected numbers) that
registered on the printer to the computer.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click Save to PC....
4. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
Note
• The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) can be imported to other printer.
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
318
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register fax/telephone numbers.
Note
Before you register fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
The Individual or Group Selection dialog is displayed.
5. Click Register individual TEL number or Register group dial, and then click Next....
• If Register individual TEL number is selected:
1. Enter name.
2. Enter fax/telephone number.
• If Register group dial is selected:
1. Enter group name.
2. Select a code you want to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
319
Note
• You can only add the numbers that have already been registered.
6. Click OK.
To continue registering fax/telephone numbers or a group dial, repeat steps 4 to 6.
• To save the registered information on the computer.
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
• To register the registered information to the printer:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
320
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you change fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....
• If an individual fax/telephone number is selected:
1. Enter a new name.
2. Enter a new fax/telephone number.
• If a group dial is selected:
1. Enter a new group name.
2. Add or delete a member to/from group dial.
To add a member:
Select a code to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
321
To delete a member:
Select a code to delete from group dial, and then click << Delete.
5. Click OK.
To continue changing fax/telephone numbers or group dials, repeat steps 4 and 5.
• To save the edited information on the computer.
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
• To register the edited information to the printer:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
322
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to delete fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you delete fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
5. When confirmation screen appears, click OK.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
To continue deleting fax/telephone numbers, repeat steps 4 and 5.
• To save the edited information on the computer.
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter file name on the displayed screen, and then click Save.
• To register the edited information to the printer:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
323
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change the user's name or fax/telephone number.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click User Information Setting from Setting Item List:.
The user's information is displayed.
4. Select an item to change, and then click Edit....
The User Information dialog is displayed.
5. Enter new user's name on User Name and new fax/telephone number in TEL Number,
and then click OK.
• To save the edited information on the computer:
1. Click Save to PC....
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
• To register the edited information to the printer:
1. Click Register to Printer.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
The information is registered to the printer.
324
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register, change, or delete rejected numbers.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click Rejected Number Setting from Setting Item List:.
The list of rejected numbers is displayed.
• To register a rejected number:
1. Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
2. Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog, and then click OK.
• To change a rejected number:
1. Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....
2. Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog, and then click OK.
• To delete a rejected number:
1. Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
325
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your
Computer to Printer
You can load the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) and register it to your printer.
The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer can be loaded and
registered to your printer.
Note
• In Speed Dial Utility2, the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported using Speed
Dial Utility can be loaded.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
3. Click Load from PC....
4. Select a data of telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) to register to your printer.
5. Click Open on dialog.
The selected telephone directory is displayed.
Note
• If you select the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer,
the confirmation message appears. Click OK.
6. Click Register to Printer.
The telephone directory that has been saved on the computer is registered to your printer.
326
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number Basic
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
327
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
This section describes dialing and sending faxes directly by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Load documents on platen glass or in ADF.
Note
• For details on the types, conditions of document, and how to load the document:
Loading Originals
3. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
A. Receive mode
The receive mode selected currently is displayed.
B. Date and time
The date and time are displayed.
C. Entry field of fax/telephone numbers
Select to display the screen to enter the fax/telephone numbers.
D. Function list
328
You can use the each fax function and change the setting for the fax.
E. Redial
Select to send faxes with redialing.
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
F. On hook dial
Select to send faxes with the on hook dial function.
Using On Hook Dial Function
G. Directory
You can select a registered fax/telephone number.
Sending Fax to Registered Recipient
H. Current state
The current state is displayed.
I. Send Settings
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
Note
• If you have not set up the printer for sending/receiving faxes yet, the message for setup is
displayed on the touch screen when you select FAX on the HOME screen for the first time. When
you set up for faxing, follow the procedure according to the instructions on the touch screen.
4. Dial recipient's fax/telephone number.
1. Select entry field of fax/telephone numbers.
2. Enter fax/telephone number.
329
A. Numeric keys
Enters the number.
B. Pause
Enters a pause "P".
C. Delete
Deletes the entered number.
D. Blank space
Enters a blank space.
3. Select OK.
The touch screen returns to the Fax standby screen.
5. Press Color button for color transmission, or Black button for black & white transmission.
330
The printer starts scanning the document.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.
• Do not open the document cover until scanning is completed.
6. Start sending.
• If you load the document in the ADF:
The printer scans the document automatically and starts sending the fax.
Note
• To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, and then follow the instructions on the touch screen.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
Document in ADF. Remove the document from the document tray and tap [OK]. is
displayed on the touch screen. By selecting OK, the remaining documents are automatically
ejected.
• If you load the document on the platen glass:
After scanning the document, the confirmation screen asking you if you load the next document is
displayed.
To send the scanned document, select Send now to start sending it.
To send two or more pages, follow the message to load the next page, and select Scan. After
scanning all pages, select Send now to start sending.
Note
• To cancel sending the fax, press the Stop button.
Note
• When your printer is connected to a PBX (Private Branch Exchange) system, refer to the operating
instructions of the system for details on dialing the recipient's fax/telephone number.
• In case the printer was not able to send a fax, such as when the recipient's line was busy, it has the
function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval. Automatic redialing is enabled by
default.
Automatic Redialing
• Unsent documents, such as those pending redial, are stored in the printer's memory. They are not
stored in the case of a sending error.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
• Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent. If you unplug the power cord, all unsent
documents stored in the printer's memory are lost.
331
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
There are two methods of redialing: Automatic redialing and Manual redialing.
• Automatic Redialing
If you send a document and the recipient's line is busy, the printer will redial the number after a specified
interval.
Automatic Redialing
• Manual Redialing
You can redial to the recipients dialed by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
Manual Redialing
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Note
• Automatic redialing is enabled by default.
• For details on the basic sending operations:
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
Automatic Redialing
You can enable or disable automatic redialing. If you enable automatic redialing, you can specify the
maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts.
Enable and specify the automatic redialing setting on Auto redial in Advanced FAX settings under FAX
settings.
Advanced FAX settings
Important
• While automatic redialing, the unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory temporarily until the
sending fax is complete. If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord before automatic
redialing is complete, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted and not sent.
Note
• To cancel automatic redialing, wait until the printer starts redialing, and then press the Stop button.
• To cancel automatic redialing, delete the unsent fax from the printer's memory while the printer is onstandby for a redial operation. For details, see Deleting Document in Printer's Memory.
Manual Redialing
Follow the procedure below for manual redialing.
332
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Load documents on platen glass or in ADF.
3. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Change send settings as necessary.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Select Redial.
The Redial screen is displayed.
6. Select a recipient's number to redial.
7. Press Color button for color transmission, or Black button for black & white transmission.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.
Note
• For manual redialing, the printer memorizes up to 10 recent recipients dialed by entering the fax/
telephone numbers. Note that the printer does not memorize any recipients dialed using the redial
function or selecting from the directory.
• To cancel manual redialing, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
progress, press the Stop button, and then follow the instructions on the touch screen.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
Document in ADF. Remove the document from the document tray and tap [OK]. is displayed on
the touch screen. By selecting OK, the remaining documents are automatically ejected.
333
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
You can change the send settings such as the scan contrast or the scan resolution on the Fax standby
screen.
Select to change the send settings.
• ScanRes.
The following settings of the scan resolution are selectable.
Standard
Suitable for text-only documents.
Fine
Suitable for fine-print documents.
Extra fine
Suitable for detailed illustration or fine-print quality documents.
If the recipient's fax device is not compatible with Extra fine (300 x 300 dpi), the fax will be sent in
the Standard or Fine resolution.
Photo
Suitable for photographs.
Note
• When sending a color fax, documents are always scanned in the same resolution (200 x 200 dpi).
The image quality (compression rate) is determined by which scan resolution is selected, except
that Extra fine and Photo provide the same image quality.
• Contrast
334
Select a setting of the scan contrast from Lower, Standard, and Higher.
The touch screen returns to the Fax standby screen when you finish specifying the setting and selecting OK.
335
Sending Faxes from Computer (Mac OS)
Sending Faxes Using AirPrint
General Notes (Fax Transmission Using AirPrint)
336
Sending Faxes Using AirPrint
You can send faxes from a printer using AirPrint.
To send faxes, add your printer to your computer.
Checking Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint operation environment
A computer running Mac OS.
Note
• For supported operating system versions, click Home to return to the top page of the Online
Manual for your model and search for "Specifications."
• Requirement
The computer and your printer must be connected correctly.
Adding Printer to Computer
1. Open System Preferences and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan).
2. Click + to display printer list.
3. Select printer model name with Bonjour Multifunction displayed.
Note
• If the printer does not appear, check the following.
• The printer is turned on.
• The firewall function of the security software is off.
• The printer is connected to the access point or directly connected to the computer.
• If using the printer with USB connection, select USB Multifunction.
4. Select Secure AirPrint or AirPrint from Use.
5. Click Add.
Sending Fax
Note
• Only black and white transmission is supported.
1. Make sure printer is on.
337
2. In application, open document to fax.
3. Open Print dialog.
To open the Print dialog, you typically select Print... from the File menu of your application software.
4. Select Canon XXX series - Fax (where "XXX" is the model name) from Printer list.
5. Specify fax paper settings as needed.
338
6. Enter fax/telephone numbers in To.
339
If you specify a dialing prefix, enter the code in Dialing Prefix and specify the cover page settings as
needed.
7. Click Fax.
The number is dialed automatically and the fax is sent.
Note
• To cancel sending the fax, press the printer's Stop button.
Automatic Redialing
If the fax could not be sent (for example, when the recipient was busy), the number is redialed
automatically according to the automatic redialing setting of the printer.
You can enable or disable automatic redialing. If you enable automatic redialing, you can specify the
maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts.
Note
• To cancel automatic redialing, wait until redialing starts, and then press the printer's Stop button.
• For more details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and
search for "FAX settings."
340
General Notes (Fax Transmission Using AirPrint)
Sending faxes is subject to the following restrictions.
• Enter the characters in To and Dialing Prefix so that the total number of characters is within 40
characters.
• You can use the following characters for To:
Character
Explanation
0-9*#
For use in telephone and fax numbers.
+ space
To make the number easier to read. You cannot insert a space at the front of a number.
• You can use the following characters for Dialing Prefix:
Character
Explanation
0-9*#
For use in telephone and fax numbers.
p
To place a pause between numbers.
T
Numbers after the T will be sent as a tone signal.
+ space
To make the number easier to read. You cannot insert a space at the front of a number.
341
Receiving Faxes
Receiving Faxes
Changing Paper Settings
Memory Reception
342
Receiving Faxes
This section describes the preparation necessary for receiving a fax and how to receive a fax.
Preparing for Receiving Fax
Prepare for receiving a fax according to the following procedure.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Check receive mode setting.
Check the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen.
Note
• For details on how to change the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
4. Load paper.
Load the sheets of plain paper.
5. Specify paper settings as necessary.
Changing Paper Settings
This completes the preparation for receiving fax.
When a fax is received, it is printed on the loaded paper automatically.
Receiving Fax
Depending on the selected receive mode, the receive operation varies.
343
Note
• For details on the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
• You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
• If the printer was not able to print a received fax, the printer stores the unprinted fax temporarily in its
memory (memory receiving).
Memory Reception
• When receiving a fax, you can save received faxes on a memory card as PDF files automatically.
Saving Received Faxes Automatically on Memory Card
When TEL priority mode is selected:
• When the call is a fax:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset. If you hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, and then
hang up the handset.
The printer will receive the fax.
Note
• If the printer will not switch to fax reception, select FAX again on the HOME screen, and then
the Color or Black button to receive the fax.
• To receive a fax without picking up the handset, select Manual/auto switch: ON in Advanced.
RX start time allows you to specify the number of seconds until the printer switches to fax
reception.
344
• If you have subscribed to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the telephone will ring a
specified number of times when there is an incoming call with a fax distinctive ring pattern.
Then, the printer will switch to fax reception automatically without the handset being picked up.
The number of times to ring the telephone until switching to fax reception can be changed.
• Set the printer to enable you to initiate fax reception from a connected telephone (remote
reception).
Remote Reception
• When the answering device is connected to the printer:
• If the answering device is set to the answering mode, select User-friendly RX: ON in
Advanced. If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
• If the answering mode is turned off on the answering device, pick up the handset. If you
hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, and then hang up the handset.
• If Manual/auto switch: ON is selected in Advanced, set RX start time to longer than the
time before the answering device starts playing the answering message. After making this
setting, we recommend that you call the answering device using a mobile phone, etc. to
confirm that messages are recorded successfully in the answering device.
• Set your answering device to answering mode and adjust it as follows:
- The entire message should be no longer than 15 seconds.
- In the message, tell your callers how to send a fax.
• When the call is a voice call:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
• If the printer unexpectedly switches to fax reception during telephone calls, select Userfriendly RX: OFF in Advanced.
• If Manual/auto switch: ON is selected in Advanced, you must answer an incoming call by
picking up the handset within the time specified in RX start time. Otherwise the printer will
switch to fax reception.
345
When FAX only mode is selected:
• When the call is a fax:
The printer will receive the fax automatically.
Note
• If a telephone is connected to the printer, the telephone will ring when a call incomes.
• You can change the number of times to ring the telephone with Ring count in Advanced.
When DRPD or Network switch is selected:
• When the call is a fax:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
The printer will receive the fax automatically when the fax ring pattern is detected.
Note
• You can change the number of times to ring the telephone.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
• When the call is a voice call:
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
When the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will continue ringing.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
346
Note
• To use this feature, you need to subscribe to a compatible service provided by your telephone
company.
• For DRPD
You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the printer.
Setting DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
• For Network switch
The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase. This setting
may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase.
347
Changing Paper Settings
This printer prints received faxes to paper loaded in the printer beforehand. You can use the operation panel
to change the paper settings for printing faxes. Make sure that the settings are appropriate for the loaded
paper.
Important
• If the size of loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting, the received faxes
are stored in the printer's memory and Check the page size and tap [OK]. is displayed on the touch
screen. In this case, load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting, and then
select OK.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
• If no paper is loaded, or paper has run out while printing is in progress, the received faxes are stored in
the printer's memory and the error message for no paper is displayed on the touch screen. In this case,
load paper and select OK.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• If the sender sends a document that is larger than Letter-size or Legal-size, such as 11 x 17 inches, the
sender's device may send the fax automatically reduced in size or divided, or send only a part of the
original.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select FAX paper settings.
The FAX paper settings screen is displayed.
5. Specify settings.
348
A. Page size
Select the page size from A4, Letter, or Legal.
B. Type (Media type)
The paper type is set to Plain paper.
C. Paper src
Select a paper source (Rear tray/Cassette/Auto) where paper is loaded.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
D. 2-sidedPrintSetting
Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing.
Two sided printing is available for black & white faxes. Color faxes are printed on the single-side of
paper regardless of this setting.
After 2-sided is selected for 2-sidedPrintSetting, select Advanced to specify the stapling side.
Note
• When Page size is set to A4 or Letter, the received faxes are printed on the two-sides of
paper.
6. Press Back button twice to return to Fax standby screen.
349
Memory Reception
If the printer was not able to print the received fax, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory. The
FAX Memory lamp is lit and Received in memory. is displayed at the Fax standby screen.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted. The next time you
turn the printer on, select OK after a confirmation screen is displayed. The list of the faxes deleted from
the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
If the printer receives a fax under one of the following conditions, the received fax will be automatically
stored in the printer's memory.
• The printer is set to store received faxes in its memory:
When Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings,
the received faxes are stored in the printer's memory.
You can print the faxes stored in the printer's memory from the Memory reference screen in the Fax
menu.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• To print the received faxes automatically, select Print for Received documents in Auto print
settings under FAX settings.
Auto print settings
• An error has occurred on the printer:
If you select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings, a received fax
will be printed automatically. However, if any of the following errors occurs, the received fax will not be
printed. It will instead be stored in the printer's memory.
When the error is resolved, the fax stored in the printer's memory is printed automatically.
◦ The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax:
Replace the ink tank.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Note
• You can set the printer to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.
Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the printer's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received
documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the printer's
memory. After you replace the ink tank and select Print for Received documents in Auto
print settings, the fax stored in the printer's memory will be printed automatically.
350
Auto print settings
◦ Paper has run out:
Load the paper and select OK on the touch screen.
◦ A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded:
Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings, and then select
OK on the touch screen.
• You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax:
Press the HOME button and select FAX to resume printing of the fax.
Note
• The printer can store up to max. 250 pages* (max. 30 documents) of faxes in the printer's memory.
* When using ITU-T No.1 chart (Standard mode)
• If the printer's memory becomes full during memory reception, only pages which already have been
received are stored in the memory. Print the received faxes stored in the printer's memory, save them
on the memory card, and then delete them from the printer's memory and have the sender resend the
faxes.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
351
Other Useful Fax Functions
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
352
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
If the sending faxes is not complete or the printer was not able to print the received faxes, these faxes are
stored in the printer's memory.
If an error occurred during a fax transmission, the document is not stored in the printer's memory.
In the following cases, the printer is not able to print the received fax and will automatically store the fax in
its memory.
•
•
•
•
•
The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax.
Paper has run out.
A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper settings is loaded.
Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under FAX settings.
You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a received fax.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord of the printer, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Unplugging the Printer.
You can print or delete the faxes stored in the printer's memory. You can also save the received faxes
stored in the printer's memory on the memory card.
• To print a document in the printer's memory:
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
• To delete a document in the printer's memory:
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
• To save a document on a memory card
Saving Document in Printer's Memory to Memory Card
Note
• When confirming, printing, or deleting a document stored in the printer's memory, you specify it by its
transaction number. If you do not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of
documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
For details on how to print MEMORY LIST, see Printing Document in Printer's Memory.
353
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
You can print a specified document in the printer's memory or print all the received documents in its memory
at a time.
When printing a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
5. Select Memory reference.
The memory list is displayed.
A. Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number
B. Transaction number (TX/RX NO.)
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent.
A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
C. Color information
Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white
transmission/reception.
Note
• If no document is stored in the printer's memory, There is no document in memory. is displayed.
Select OK to return to the previous screen.
354
6. Select a print menu.
• To print the memory list (MEMORY LIST):
You can print a list of the documents in the printer's memory by selecting Print doc. list.
When the print confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes. The printing starts.
MEMORY LIST shows the transaction number of the unsent or unprinted fax (TX/RX NO.),
transaction mode, recipient's number, and the date and time of the transaction.
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being sent. A
transaction number from "5001" to "9999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being received.
• To specify a document to print:
Select a document to print on the Memory list screen, select Print specified document.
Note
• If the specified document is not stored in the printer's memory, There is no document that
can be printed. is displayed. Select OK to return to the previous screen.
The confirmation screen to select whether to print only the first page of the document is displayed.
If you select Yes, only the first page of the document will be printed. The document is still stored in
the printer's memory.
If you select No, all pages of the document will be printed. The screen to confirm whether to delete
the printed document in the printer's memory is displayed after printing.
• To print all the received documents stored in the printer's memory:
Select Batch process, and then select Print all RX documents.
When the print confirmation screen is displayed, select Yes. All the documents in the printer's
memory are printed.
Each time a document is printed, the screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in
the printer's memory is displayed.
If you select Yes, the printed document in the printer's memory is deleted.
355
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
You can delete a specified document in the printer's memory or delete all the documents in its memory at a
time.
Note
• When deleting a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
4. Select Memory reference.
The memory list is displayed.
A. Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number
B. Transaction number (TX/RX NO.)
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent.
A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
C. Color information
Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white
transmission/reception.
356
Note
• If no document is stored in the printer's memory, There is no document in memory. is displayed.
Select OK to return to the previous screen.
5. Select a delete menu.
• To specify a document to delete:
Select a document to delete on the Memory list screen, select Delete specified doc..
Note
• If the specified document is not stored in the printer's memory, There is no document that
can be deleted. is displayed. Select OK to return to the previous screen.
The confirmation screen is displayed.
If you select Yes, the specified document is deleted from printer's memory.
• To delete all documents stored in the printer's memory:
Select Batch process, and then select Delete all documents.
The confirmation screen is displayed.
If you select Yes, all documents are deleted from printer's memory.
357
Saving Document in Printer's Memory to Memory Card
You can save the received faxes stored in the printer's memory to the memory card as PDF files using the
operation panel of the printer.
You can save a specified document in the printer's memory to the memory card or save all the documents in
its memory to the memory card at a time.
Important
• Do not remove the memory card from the printer until saving is complete.
• For safety reasons, we recommend backing up faxes saved on a memory card to another media
periodically to avoid unexpected accidents.
• We assume no responsibility for damage to or loss of data for whatever reason even within the warranty
period.
Note
• When saving a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
• After saving the fax in the printer's memory to the memory card, the fax is still stored in the printer's
memory.
For details on how to delete the fax in the printer's memory, see Deleting Document in Printer's
Memory.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Insert memory card into card slot.
3. Select
FAX on the HOME screen.
Using the Operation Panel
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Select Function list.
The Function list screen is displayed.
5. Select Memory reference.
The memory list is displayed.
358
A. Date and time of transaction and fax/telephone number
B. Transaction number (TX/RX NO.)
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent.
A transaction number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
C. Color information
Color is displayed for color transmission/reception. Nothing is displayed for black & white
transmission/reception.
Note
• If no document is stored in the printer's memory, There is no document in memory. is displayed.
Select OK to return to the previous screen.
6. Select a save menu.
• To specify a document to save on the memory card:
Select a document to save on the Memory list screen, select Save specified document.
Note
• If the specified document is not stored in the printer's memory, There is no document that
can be saved. is displayed. Select OK to return to the previous screen.
Select Memory card as the destination. The specified document is saved on the memory card.
• To save all the received documents stored in the printer's memory on the memory card:
Select Batch process, and then select Save all RX documents.
Select Memory card as the destination. All documents are saved on the memory card.
Note
• You can save up to 250 pages of fax as one PDF file.
• You can save up to 2000 PDF files on a memory card.
• Faxes are saved according to the order of the transaction number when Save all RX documents is
selected.
• If the memory card is removed or becomes full while saving faxes is in progress, the error message is
displayed on the touch screen. Select OK to dismiss the error.
• The folder and file name of faxes saved on the memory card is as follows:
• Folder name: CANON_SC\FAXDOC\0001
359
• File name (file extension: PDF): Running numbers, starting from FAX_0001
• File date: The date and time of saving as set in the printer.
For details on how to set the date and time:
Setting Date and Time
360
Frequently Asked Questions
Network
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Network Key Unknown
Cannot Print or Connect
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printing Does Not Start
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Cannot Print or Connect
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
Installation
Fax
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Setting Up the Fax
An Error Occurs
Message (Support Code) Appears
Error
Examples of Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Power Does Not Come On
Power Shuts Off By Itself
Display on Touch Screen Is Off
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Printing Does Not Start
Copying/Printing Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printing Is Slow
No Ink Comes Out
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
361
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (Mac OS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Mac OS)
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
Cannot Dial
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Network Key Unknown
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
An Error Occurs
Message (Support Code) Appears
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device
List of Support Code for Error
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (Mac OS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (Mac OS)
Faxing Problems
362
Mechanical Problems
Installation and Download Problems
Errors and Messages
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
363
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wired LAN
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Cannot Find Printer after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Error Occurs During Wireless LAN Setup
Another Printer Found with Same Name
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings
Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Error Occurs During Wireless LAN Setup
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key Unknown
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router SSID for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Checking Status Code
364
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router SSID for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printing Is Slow
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Cannot Access to Internet on Wireless LAN from Communication Device
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key Unknown
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Printing Network Settings
Default Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printing Is Slow
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Wired LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer after Searching it on Printer Detection Screen During Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Another Printer Found with Same Name
365
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Administrator Password Set for Printer Unknown
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Changing LAN Connection Method/Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method
Checking Status Code
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printing Is Slow
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)
366
Network Communication Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Network Connection Problems
Other Network Problems
367
Cannot Find Printer on Network
While performing printer setup:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup
(Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
While using printer:
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Note
• You cannot use the wireless LAN and the wired LAN at the same time.
368
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Setup (Windows)
If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by
Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by
the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.
If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.
• When using wireless LAN:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Power Status
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking PC Network Connection
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's Wireless LAN Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Wireless LAN Environment
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's IP Address
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Security Software Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Wireless Router Settings
• When using wired LAN:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking LAN Cable and Router
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking PC Network Connection
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's Wired LAN Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's IP Address
369
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Security Software Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Router Settings
370
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Power Status
Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on.
If printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If printer and network device are on:
If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking PC Network Connection
371
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Wireless LAN Environment
372
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wireless LAN
Settings
Is printer set to allow wireless communication?
Make sure the
or
icon is displayed on the touch screen.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If icon is displayed:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Wireless LAN Environment
373
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless LAN
Environment
Is printer connected to wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router.
If
icon is displayed:
• Checking wireless router location
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the
wireless router.
The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router indoors. Make sure the printer is close
enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be
impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with
the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth
as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from
interference sources as possible.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
• Checking wireless router settings
374
The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz bandwidth. Make sure the
wireless router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth.
Important
• Depending on the wireless router, note that different SSID is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4 GHz
or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine) using alphanumeric characters at the end of
SSID.
Check the SSID of the wireless router for the printer on the touch screen.
Tap the icon on the lower left, select Yes, and then check SSID.
For more on the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to
the wireless router.
After connecting the printer to the wireless router, set up the network communication from the beginning.
If
icon is displayed:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Printer's IP Address
375
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to
display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Security Software Settings
376
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software
Settings
Disable block in firewall function temporarily.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or
the message shown on your computer and disable block temporarily.
If firewall interferes with setup:
• If message appears:
If a message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set the
security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network
communication.
• If no message appears:
Cancel the setup, and then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network.
The file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM
After setting the security software, redo the network communication setup from the beginning.
After setup is completed, enable firewall.
Note
• For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)Checking Wireless Router Settings
377
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wireless LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings
Check wireless router settings.
Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering,
encryption key, and DHCP function.
Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the printer.
To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or
contact the manufacturer.
After checking the wireless router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
378
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking LAN Cable and Router
Is LAN cable connected, and are printer and router on?
Make sure the LAN cable is connected.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Make sure the router is turned on.
If LAN cable is connected and printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
If LAN cable is connected and printer and network device are on:
If the printer cannot not be found after trying to redetect it, even though the printer and the network device
are on:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
PC Network Connection
379
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's Wired LAN Settings
380
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wired LAN
Settings
Is printer set to allow wired communication?
Make sure the
icon is displayed on the touch screen.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wired communication. Turn on wired communication on the printer.
Once you have turned on wired communication, redo the network communication setup from the
beginning.
If icon is displayed:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's IP Address
381
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP Address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to
display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Security Software Settings
382
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings
Disable block in firewall function temporarily.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or
the message shown on your computer and disable block temporarily.
If firewall interferes with setup:
• If message appears:
If a message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set the
security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
• If no message appears:
Cancel the setup, and then set the security software to allow Canon software below to access the
network.
The file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM
After setting the security software, redo the network communication setup from the beginning.
After setup is completed, enable firewall.
Note
• For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking
Router Settings
383
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Router Settings
Check router settings.
Check router network connection settings such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP
function.
For more on checking the settings of the router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the router or
contact its manufacturer.
After checking the router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
384
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
• Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing RIGHT. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
• For Mac OS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
If the
icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn it off.
3. Turn on printer.
Check3
If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall MP Drivers.
• For Windows:
1. Click Cancel.
2. Click Back to Top on Setup Canceled screen.
3. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.
385
4. Turn off printer.
5. Restart computer.
6. Make sure you have no application software running.
7. Perform setup on web page.
Note
• You can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup.
• For Mac OS:
1. Click Next.
◦ If the screen telling you that installation has not been completed appears, click Abort on displayed
screen and finish setup.
◦ If the Connection failed. screen appears:
1. Click Next.
2. Click Next on displayed screen.
3. Click Back to Top on Select Printer screen.
4. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.
3. Turn off printer.
4. Restart computer.
5. Make sure you have no application software running.
6. Perform setup on web page.
386
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wireless LAN
Check1
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Check2
Check the
If the
(Network status) icon on the touch screen.
icon is displayed, wireless LAN is disabled.
Select Active on WLAN active/inactive in Wireless LAN under LAN settings.
If the
icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is
complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Make sure printer setup is complete.
Check3
If it is not, perform setup.
• For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
• For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the
web page.
For Windows
For Mac OS
Check4
Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical
with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
• Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the SSID set for the printer with that for
2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the SSID set for the printer, print out the network setting information.
387
Printing Network Settings
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
Check5
Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN
due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Check6
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
388
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
• If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
properties dialog box of the printer driver. (Windows)
Check8
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (Mac OS)
Check10
If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.
• For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
• For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
389
Network Connection Problems
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Network Key Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its
Settings
390
Printer Suddenly Cannot Be Used
Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Wireless Direct
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wired LAN
Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Computer Connected to the Network
Cannot Communicate with Printer Following Network Settings Change
It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wireless LAN
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
Check1
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.
For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the
wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
Check3
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the
icon is not displayed, wireless LAN is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4
Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical
with those of the wireless router.
391
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
Check5
Place the wireless router and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless
LAN due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Check6
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using the Operation Panel
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
392
Check7
Make sure you are using a valid channel.
Usable wireless channels may be limited depending on wireless network device used by your computer. See
the instruction manual provided with your computer or wireless network device to check usable wireless
channels.
Check8
Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
Check 7.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some
programs use a firewall by default.
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you
use alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (Mac OS)
Check10
If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.
• For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
• For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
• Positioning:
Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer Using Wireless Direct
Check1
Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.
Check2
Is the
icon displayed on the touch screen?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
393
Make sure wireless LAN is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the identifier for Wireless Direct (SSID) specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the identifier for wireless direct (SSID) specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of
the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
Place the device and printer where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between
different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials
containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Place devices a suitable distance from the printer.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wired LAN
394
Check1
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Check2
Make sure the LAN cable is connected properly.
Make sure the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the
cable properly.
If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.
If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.
• For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
• For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
Cannot Print, Scan, or Fax from a Computer Connected to the
Network
Check1
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.
Check2
If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.
When using wireless LAN, make sure wireless router does not restrict which
computers can access it.
Check3
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
• To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
395
Network Key Unknown
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Setting an Encryption Key
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
396
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is
compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
• Using WPA/WPA2
The authentication method, passphrase, and dynamic encryption type must be the same for the
wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the passphrase configured on the wireless router (a sequence of between 8 and 63
alphanumeric characters, or a 64-character hexadecimal number).
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2Personal).
• Using WEP
The key length, key format, key to use (one of 1 to 4), and authentication method must be the same
for the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that uses automatically generated WEP keys, you must set the
printer to use the key generated by the wireless router, entering it in hexadecimal format.
◦ For Windows:
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings
(Wireless LAN) screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set
the WEP key length, format, and the number.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
• If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless
Security of AirPort Utility.
• Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for key length in AirPort Base Station.
• Select 1 for Key ID. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with printer via the
wireless router.
397
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changing Its Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer.
• For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
• For Mac OS:
Perform setup from the web page.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For Mac OS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1
Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
398
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
Check2
Check3
If using WPA/WPA2 or WEP key, make sure encryption key for computer,
network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
Not only the WEP key itself, but also the key length, key format, the key ID to use, and the authentication
method must be the same for the printer, the wireless router, and the computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
399
Other Network Problems
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
400
Checking Network Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
You can display the printer's MAC address on the touch screen.
System information
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to
a network, the IP address does not appear.
• For Mac OS:
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
401
When you are using wireless LAN on your computer, make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network
interface. When you are using wired LAN, make sure Ethernet is selected.
3. Check the IP address or MAC address.
Click TCP/IP to check the IP address.
Click Hardware to check the MAC address.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not
displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
2. Type the ping command and press Enter.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
• For Mac OS:
1. Start Network Utility as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2. Click Ping.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
402
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics --3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If packet loss is 100%, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is communicating
with target device.
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
403
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
• For Windows:
Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing, scanning, or faxing operation
from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to
the factory defaults, redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
• For Mac OS:
Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing, scanning, or faxing operation
from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to
the factory defaults, redo setup from the web page.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
404
Printing Problems
Printing Does Not Start
No Ink Comes Out
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
405
Printing Does Not Start
Make sure printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn it on.
Check1
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
• If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
Check2
When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the
web page.
For Windows
For Mac OS
Check3
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or the cassette, an error message appears
on the touch screen. Follow the instructions on the touch screen to solve the problem.
Note
• You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
• To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Device user settings
• To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Mac OS)
Check4
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
406
• For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
• For Mac OS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check5
Is your printer's printer driver is selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
• For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
• To make the printer the one selected by default, select Set as Default Printer.
• For Mac OS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
• To make the printer the one selected by default, select the printer for Default printer.
Check6
Is print data extremely large? (Windows)
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in
the dialog that appears.
* This may reduce print quality.
Check7
If printing from your computer, restart computer.
407
No Ink Comes Out
Check1
Has ink run out?
Open the scanning unit / cover and check the ink status on the touch screen.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Check2
Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank?
Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
• If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later.
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
408
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error
Check1
Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
When loading paper, consider the following.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
• When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper
guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front
paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4
When loading postcards or envelopes, consider the following:
• If a postcard is curled, it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
Load Japanese postcards with their postcode column downward on the rear tray.
• When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
409
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
Note
• If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
Check7
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8
If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of
cassette.
410
Cleaning Cassette Pads
Check9
Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly?
See Rear View for the positions of the transport unit cover and the rear cover.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
411
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, check the
paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
Copying
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
Copying a photo
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Copying Photos
Printing from memory card
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN)
compliant device
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings
Check the settings using the operation panel.
PictBridge print settings
Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Check2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see table above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Note
• When printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the
operation panel.
412
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
Check3
If problem is not resolved, check other causes.
See also the sections below:
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear
Lines Are Misaligned
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Cannot Complete Printing
Vertical Line Next to Image
Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Ink Blots / Paper Curl
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Uneven or Streaked Colors
413
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks
Appear
Printing Is Blurry
Colors Are Wrong
414
White Streaks Appear
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check3
Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank?
Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check4
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
• If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
415
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform
print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later.
• If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Check5
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the
cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
• When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6
Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
• If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
Check7
Make sure original is loaded correctly on platen glass or in ADF.
Loading Originals
Check8
Is original document is loaded with proper side facing up/down?
When loading the original on the platen glass, the side to be copied should be face down. When loading the
original in the ADF, the side to be copied should be face up.
Check9
Did you copy a printout done by this printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
416
Lines Are Misaligned
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually from your computer.
• For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position
• For Mac OS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
Check3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the printer driver may improve the print result.
417
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
Smudged Edges
Smudged Surface
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Supported Media Types
Check3
Correct curl before loading paper.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
• Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl. In this case, load the
paper with the other side facing up. It may resolve the problem.
• Other Paper
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
418
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(C) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If
you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
• From operation panel
Touch the HOME button, select
(Setup) icon, Settings, Device settings, and Print settings, and
then set Prevent paper abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
• From computer
◦ For Windows:
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Open printer driver setup window.
419
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
3. Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings.
4. Select Prevent paper abrasion check box and click OK.
◦ For Mac OS:
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
If intensity is set high, reduce intensity setting and try printing again.
Check5
If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
• Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the intensity setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Intensity
• Copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check6
Do not print outside recommended printing area.
If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper, ink may stain the lower edge of the paper.
Resize the document using application software.
Print Area
Check7
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover
Check8
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check9
Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
420
Check10
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
• For Windows:
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Open printer driver setup window.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
3. Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings.
4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and click OK.
5. Check message and click OK.
• For Mac OS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
421
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line may appear in the margin.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
• The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
• This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
422
Scanning Problems (Mac OS)
Scanning Problems
423
Scanning Problems
Scanner Does Not Work
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
424
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 3
With USB connection, connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
Check 5
Restart the computer.
425
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure the application software supports AirPrint.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility Lite and open the files in your
application.
Check 3
426
Faxing Problems
Problems Sending Faxes
Problems Receiving Faxes
Telephone Problems
427
Problems Sending Faxes
Cannot Send a Fax
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
428
Cannot Send a Fax
Check1
Is power turned on?
• You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
• If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the ON lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns on
the power automatically.
• If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the ON lamp is off),
reconnect it, and then press the ON button to turn on the power.
• If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power
failure is resolved.
Important
• Confirm that the ON lamp is off before unplugging the power cord, and then unplug the power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Unplugging the Printer.
Note
• If the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord, the
list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed after turning
the printer on.
For details, see Summary of Reports and Lists.
Check2
Is document being sent from memory or the fax being received into memory?
When the message for the transmission/reception is displayed on the Fax standby screen, a fax is being sent
from/received into printer's memory. Wait until the transmission/reception is complete.
Check3
Is printer's memory full?
Delete contents in memory, and then send a fax again.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Check4
Is telephone line type set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Check5
Is Hook key setting set to Disable?
When you send a fax manually, dial the number with Enable selected for Hook key setting in Security control
under FAX settings, or dial the number using the telephone connected to the printer.
429
FAX settings
Is Dial tone detect set to ON?
Check6
Resend the fax after a while.
If you still cannot send the fax, select OFF for Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
Is fax number registered correctly in printer's directory?
Check7
Check the recipient's fax/telephone number, correct the fax/telephone number registered in the printer's
directory, and then send the document again.
Changing Registered Information
Note
• You can check the registered information in the printer's directory by printing RECIPIENT TELEPHONE
NUMBER LIST.
Summary of Reports and Lists
Does an error occur during transmission?
Check8
• Ensure that a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen. When a message is displayed on the Fax
standby screen, check the cause.
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
• Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error.
Summary of Reports and Lists
If a transmission error has occurred, see below.
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
Check9
Is document loaded properly?
Remove the document, and then reload it on the platen glass or in the ADF.
Loading Originals
Check10
Does a printer error occur?
Ensure that an error message is displayed on the touch screen. When an error message is displayed on the
touch screen, check the cause.
When the error message with the support code is displayed, refer to List of Support Code for Error.
When the error message without the support code is displayed, refer to Message (Support Code) Appears.
If you are in a hurry, touch the Stop button to close the message, and then send the fax.
Check11
Is telephone line connected correctly?
Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack.
Connecting Telephone Line
430
If the telephone line is connected correctly, there is a problem with your telephone line. Contact your telephone
company and the manufacturer of your terminal adapter or telephone adapter.
431
Errors Often Occur When You Send a Fax
Check
Check telephone line condition or connection.
If errors occur frequently when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that they can be reduced by selecting
Reduce for Error reduction setting (VoIP) on Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
For details, see Error reduction setting (VoIP).
FAX settings
Note
• If selecting Reduce does not reduce errors, select Do not reduce.
In addition, when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that errors occur more often if 4800 bps or 9600 bps
is selected for TX start speed. Select 14400 bps or 33600 bps.
If the telephone line or connection is poor when using a general telephone, reducing the transmission start speed
may correct the error.
Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX
settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
432
Problems Receiving Faxes
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
433
Cannot Receive a Fax, Cannot Print a Fax
Is the power turned on?
Check1
• You cannot receive faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
• If you unplugged the power cord without turning off the power (the ON lamp is lit), reconnecting it turns on
the power automatically.
• If you unplugged the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (the ON lamp is off),
reconnect it, and then press the ON button to turn on the power.
• If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power
failure is resolved.
Important
• Confirm that the ON lamp is off before unplugging the power cord, and then unplug the power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Unplugging the Printer.
Note
• If the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord, the
list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed after turning
the printer on.
For details, see Summary of Reports and Lists.
Check2
Is the printer's memory full?
Print the received faxes stored in the printer's memory or save them on the memory card, and then delete them
from the printer's memory and have the sender resend the faxes.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Check3
Does an error occur during reception?
• Ensure that a message is displayed on the Fax standby screen. When a message is displayed on the Fax
standby screen, check the cause.
A Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
• Print ACTIVITY REPORT and check for an error.
Summary of Reports and Lists
If a reception error has occurred, see below.
Errors Often Occur When You Receive a Fax
434
Is telephone line cable connected to external device jack?
Check4
Reconnect it to the telephone line jack.
Connecting Telephone Line
Is a different size of paper from that specified by Page size in FAX paper
settings loaded?
Check5
If a different size of paper from that specified by Page size is loaded for printing faxes, the received faxes will not
be printed and will be stored in the printer's memory (Memory Reception). Load the same size of paper as that
specified by Page size, and then select OK on the touch screen.
Is paper loaded?
Check6
If paper is not loaded, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without being printed (Memory
Reception). Load paper, and then select OK on the touch screen.
Is amount of remaining ink sufficient to print a fax?
Check7
If the amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without
being printed (Memory Reception). Replace the ink tank, and then print the faxes in the printer's memory.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Note
• If the printer was receiving faxes in the fax mode, printing will start automatically after the ink tank is
replaced.
Replacing Ink Tanks
• When the printer receives black & white faxes in the printer's memory, if 2-sided is selected for 2sidedPrintSetting in FAX paper settings, selecting 1-sided may print the faxes.
• You can set the printer to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.
Set Print when out of ink in Auto print settings under FAX settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the printer's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received documents in
Auto print settings under FAX settings to store the received fax in the printer's memory. After you
replace the ink tank and select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings, the fax stored in the
printer's memory will be printed automatically.
FAX settings
Check8
Is printer set to appropriate receive mode?
Check the receive mode setting and change it to a mode suited to your connection if necessary.
Setting Receive Mode
Check9
Is FAX reception reject set to ON?
Select OFF for FAX reception reject in Security control under FAX settings.
435
For details on how to set, see Rejecting Fax Reception.
Check10
Are there setting items set Reject in Caller rejection?
If you select Reject for any setting items in Caller rejection in Security control under FAX settings, the printer
rejects calls for setting item selected Reject.
For details on how to set, see Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls.
436
Quality of Received Fax is Poor
Check1
Check scan settings of sender's fax device.
Ask the sender to adjust the scan settings of the fax device.
Check2
Is ECM RX set to OFF?
Select ON for ECM RX in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
If ECM RX is enabled, the sender's fax device resends the fax after correcting errors automatically.
FAX settings
Check3
Is sender's original document or scanning area of sender's fax device dirty?
The image quality of the fax is mainly determined by the sender's fax device. Contact the sender and ask the
sender to check whether the scanning area of the fax device is dirty.
Is ECM transmission/reception enabled although line/connection is poor, or is
sender's fax device compatible with ECM?
Check4
• Select ON for ECM RX in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
• Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax device is set to enable ECM transmission.
If the sender's or recipient's fax device is not compatible with ECM, the fax will be sent/received without
automatic error correction.
• Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Adv. communication settings in Advanced FAX
settings under FAX settings.
FAX settings
Check5
Did you confirm paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory
437
Telephone Problems
Cannot Dial
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
438
Cannot Dial
Check1
Is telephone line cable connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
Check2
Is telephone line type of printer or external device set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
439
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Check
Is telephone line cable or telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external
telephone, an answering machine, or a computer modem) connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external telephone, an
answering machine, or a computer modem) are connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
440
Mechanical Problems
Power Does Not Come On
Power Shuts Off By Itself
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Touch Screen Shows Wrong Language
441
Power Does Not Come On
Check1
Press ON button.
Check2
Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn it back on.
Check3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn it
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
442
Power Shuts Off By Itself
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
• To disable the setting from the operation panel:
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
2. Select
Setup on the HOME screen.
3. Select
Settings.
4. Select
ECO.
5. Select Energy saving settings.
6. Check on-screen instructions and select Next.
7. Select Auto power off.
8. Select Never.
9. Select OK.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
• To disable the setting from the computer:
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Maintenance tab Description
2. Select printer you are using from pulldown menu and select OK.
The menu screen appears.
3. Select Auto Power.
4. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
• Refer to below to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).
Scanner Tab
443
USB Connection Problems
Printing or Scanning Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not
Work/"This device can perform faster" Message Appears (Windows)
If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of
USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to the
communication speed.
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed
USB connection.
Check
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
• Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
• Does the operating system of your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Install the latest update for your computer.
• Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly?
If necessary, obtain and install the latest version of the Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer.
Important
• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
444
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2
Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
• Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing RIGHT. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
properties dialog box of the printer driver. (Windows)
Check3
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
445
Installation and Download Problems
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
446
Cannot Install MP Drivers (Windows)
• If installation does not start when you insert Setup CD-ROM:
Follow the instructions below to start the installation.
1. Make the following settings.
◦ In Windows 10, click Start button > File Explorer, and then click This PC from list on left.
◦ In Windows 8.1, select Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, and then select This PC from list
on left.
◦ In Windows 7, click Start, and then click Computer.
2. Double-click the
CD-ROM icon in the window that appears.
If the contents of the CD-ROM appear, double-click MSETUP4.EXE.
If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM, install them from the Canon website.
Note
• If the CD-ROM icon does not appear, try the following:
• Remove the CD-ROM from your computer and reinsert it.
• Restart your computer.
If the icon still does not appear, try a different disc and see if it appears. If it does, there is a
problem with the Setup CD-ROM. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
447
• If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
• Other cases:
Reinstall the MP Drivers.
If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then
reinstall the MP Drivers.
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.
Note
• If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you
may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.
448
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers.
Download the latest MP Drivers for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that
you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with wireless LAN
connection or Use the printer with wired LAN connection according to the connection method you use.
The printer is detected automatically in the network.
Make sure the printer was found, and install the MP Drivers following the on-screen instructions.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
449
Errors and Messages
An Error Occurs
Message (Support Code) Appears
450
An Error Occurs
If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, an error message appears on the
computer screen and the touch screen.
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer
screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the touch screen:
A support code and action for the error appears on the touch screen.
For details on how to resolve errors, see List of Support Code for Error.
Note
• For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
451
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear.
Note
• A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some errors. For details on errors that
have support code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the touch screen, see below.
Message Appears on Touch Screen
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed (Windows)
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears (Mac OS)
Message Appears on Touch Screen
Check the message and take an appropriate action.
• Data of supported types are not saved.
◦ There is no image data saved on the memory card that can be read by this printer.
◦ The printer may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contain certain characters.
Use only alphanumeric characters.
◦ Photo data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer.
Note
• When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected, "?" is displayed on the
touch screen.
• Check the page size and tap [OK].
The size of the loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting.
Load the same size of paper as that specified in the paper size setting and select OK.
• Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Select OK on the touch screen.
Note
• See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
452
button when turning power off.
• The power cord has been unplugged and unsent/received docs in memory have been lost.
A power failure has occurred or the power cord has been unplugged when the faxes are stored in the
printer's memory.
Important
• If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory
are deleted.
• For details on how to unplug the power cord, see Unplugging the Printer.
Select OK on the touch screen.
After selecting OK, the list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR
REPORT) will be printed.
For details, refer to Summary of Reports and Lists.
• Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Select OK on the touch screen and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Check
See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
(Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer for unplugging the power cord.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn it on.
453
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Check4
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below.
If User Account Control screen is displayed, follow the on-screen instructions.
• In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Device Manager.
• In Windows 8.1, select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound >
Device Manager.
• In Windows 7, click Control Panel, Hardware and Sound, and Device Manager.
2. Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is correctly
connected to the computer.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
454
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
• "Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is
Displayed (Windows)
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, a screen appears asking for
permission to send the printer and application usage information every month for about ten years.
Read the information on the screen and follow the instructions below.
• If you agree to participate in survey program:
Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the
Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically
and the confirmation screen does not reappear.
Note
• When the information is being sent, a warning such as an Internet security message may appear.
Make sure the program name is "IJPLMUI.exe" and allow it.
455
• If you clear Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be sent
automatically from next time and a confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey.
To send the information automatically, see Changing confirmation screen setting:.
• If you do not agree to participate in survey program:
Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped. The confirmation
screen will reappear one month later.
• To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:
To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, click Uninstall and follow the
on-screen instructions.
• Changing confirmation screen setting:
1. Make the following settings.
◦ In Windows 10, right-click Start button and select Programs and Features.
◦ In Windows 8.1, select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop > Programs >
Programs and Features.
◦ In Windows 7, select Start menu > Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features.
Note
• A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when installing, uninstalling or starting up
software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
If you are logged in on an account with administrator privileges, follow the on-screen
instructions.
2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
3. Select Change.
If you select Yes after you have followed the on-screen instructions, the confirmation screen will
appear at the time of the next survey.
If you select No, the information will be sent automatically.
Note
• If you select Uninstall, the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is
uninstalled. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears
(Mac OS)
456
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, the printer and application
software usage information is sent every month for about ten years. The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax
Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage
information.
Click the icon, read the information that appears, and then follow the instructions below.
• If you agree to participate in survey program:
Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information is sent via the
Internet. Once you have completed the procedure, the information is subsequently sent automatically
and the confirmation screen does not reappear.
Note
• If you clear the Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be
sent automatically the next time and the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program
icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey.
• If you do not agree to participate in survey program:
Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped. The confirmation
screen will reappear one month later.
• To stop sending the information:
Click Turn off. This stops the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, and information
is not sent. To resume the survey, see Changing setting:.
457
• To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:
1. Stop Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
Changing setting:
2. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet
Extended Survey Program folder.
3. Move Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app to Trash.
4. Restart computer.
Empty Trash and restart your computer.
• Changing setting:
To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume
surveying, follow the procedure below.
1. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet
Extended Survey Program folder.
2. Double-click Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon.
◦ Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent:
If the check box is selected, the information will be sent automatically.
If the check box is not selected, Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program
icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey. Click the icon and follow the onscreen instructions.
◦ Turn off/Turn on button:
Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
458
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the touch screen and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the touch screen and computer screen and take
the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Touch Screen and Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1003 1200 1240 1270 1300
1303 1304 1309 1310 1313 1401
1403 1405 140B 1410 1411 1412
1413 1414 1551 1552 1600 1660
1684 1688 1689 168C 1700 1701
1730 1731 1871 1874 1890
• 2000 to 2ZZZ
2110 2113 2114 2120 2123 2700
2801 2802 2803 2900 2901
• 3000 to 3ZZZ
3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407
3408 340A 340B 340C 3410 3411
3412 3413 3438 3439 3440 3441
3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447
• 4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103 4104 495A
• 5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5040 5050 5100 5200
520E 5400 5700 5B00 5B01 5C02
459
• 6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6001 6004 6500 6502 6800
6801 6830 6831 6832 6833 6900
6901 6902 6910 6911 6920 6921
6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937
6938 6939 693A 6940 6941 6942
6943 6944 6945 6946 6951 6A80
6A81
• 8000 to 8ZZZ
8300
• 9000 to 9ZZZ
9500
• A000 to ZZZZ
B202 B203 B204 B205 C000
For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
460
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
◦ If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed:
1300
• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
◦ If the paper fed from the cassette is jammed:
1303
◦ If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing:
1304
◦ If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper:
1313
◦ If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed
inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the document is jammed in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder):
2801
• Cases other than above:
Other Cases
461
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed, remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or from
the rear tray following the instructions below.
Important
• The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory.
Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not
unplug when turning off the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
1. Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap
Stop to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot or from the rear tray, try to pull the
paper out from the rear side of the printer.
462
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Reload paper and select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
463
1303
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from cassette.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feeder of the cassette:
Pull out the cassette, and then remove the paper slowly with both hands.
• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper in cassette properly.
When you load A4 sized paper in the cassette, make sure you have extended it.
1. Remove cassette cover (A).
464
2. Press down lock (B) on cassette.
3. Pull cassette back and forth while holding down lock (B).
Loading Paper in the Cassette
2. Perform printing or copying again.
465
1304
Cause
Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feeder of the cassette:
Pull out the cassette, and then remove the paper slowly with both hands.
• If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear
cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper in cassette properly.
When you load A4 sized paper in the cassette, make sure you have extended it.
1. Remove cassette cover (A).
466
2. Press down lock (B) on cassette.
3. Pull cassette back and forth while holding down lock (B).
Loading Paper in the Cassette
2. Perform printing or copying again.
467
1313
Cause
Paper is jammed as printer pulled in printed paper.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper, try to remove the paper from the following
locations.
• Paper output slot
1300
• Inside of the printer
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the measures above do not solve the problem, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open
the rear cover and to remove the paper.
468
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot, or if the jammed
paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.
Important
• The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory.
Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not unplug
when turning off the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop to
stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Turn off printer and unplug it.
2. Open scanning unit / cover.
Important
• Do not touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
469
3. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far
right or left.
4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.
470
6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the print head holder?
• Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
• Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?
7. Close scanning unit / cover.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a
paper jam message appears on the touch screen or on your computer screen when you resume
printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer.
Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
471
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Important
• The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory.
Turn off the printer after making sure it has completed sending or receiving all the faxes. Do not unplug
when turning off the printer.
If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, tap Stop to
stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.
2. Open rear tray cover and then pull up paper support.
3. Detach rear cover.
Pull out the rear cover.
472
4. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
If you were not able to remove the paper in this step, detach the transport unit cover and remove the
paper by following these steps.
1. Detach transport unit cover.
Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it.
473
2. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
3. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
4. Attach transport unit cover.
Insert the transport unit cover slowly all the way into printer and take down the transport unit
cover.
474
5. Attach rear cover.
Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the
rear cover until it is closed completely.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
475
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the rear tray.
• Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the rear tray.
• Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Important
• Be sure to close the feed slot cover after loading paper in the rear tray. If the feed slot cover is open,
paper cannot be fed.
Note
• After loading paper in the rear tray, the screen for setting rear tray paper information appears. Set
paper information for the paper in the rear tray.
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
476
1003
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the cassette.
• Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the cassette.
• Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette.
• Set paper information for the paper in the cassette.
After carrying out the above measures, select OK on the touch screen.
Note
• Once the cassette is inserted, the screen for setting cassette paper information appears. Set paper
information for the paper in the cassette.
• The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source.
The loadable paper in the cassette is A4, Letter, A5, or B5 size plain paper.
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the touch screen.
477
1200
Cause
Scanning unit/cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank.
478
1401
Cause
Print head may be damaged.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
479
1600
Cause
Ink may have run out.
What to Do
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, tap OK on the printer with the ink tank installed.
Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The printer may be
damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
Since the information contained in the fax may be lost if it is printed in this condition, the received fax will
not be printed and will be stored in the printer's memory until the ink is replaced. You must manually print
out faxes that were stored in the memory.
You can change the setting so that the received fax is forcibly printed out instead of being stored in the
memory, but all or part of the fax information may not be printed because of the ink out condition.
480
1660
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be performed because the ink tank is not installed or is not compatible with this printer.
Check the ink tank.
If you want to cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer.
481
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit (cover).
Printing under the current condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the
remaining ink level. Touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation
of printing under the ink out condition.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
482
1689
Cause
Printer detected ink out condition.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the scanning unit (cover).
An ink tank that was once empty is installed.
Printing under the ink out condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To
disable this function, touch Stop on the printer for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing
under the ink out condition or by using refilled ink tanks.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on
the touch screen when the current estimated ink level is checked.
483
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Select OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
484
1890
Cause
Tape for securing print head holder during transportation may still be attached.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure the tape for securing the print head holder during
transportation has been removed.
If the tape is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
485
2110
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match cassette paper information set on printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the touch screen.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the copy paper settings to match cassette paper information set on the printer.
• See below for details on cassette paper information set on the printer.
Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown
below, a message appears on the touch screen.
• Print settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
• Cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
After selecting OK on the touch screen, the print or copy paper settings appear below the message.
486
What to Do
Select OK on the touch screen again to display the screen below.
Select the appropriate action.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, the
A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette.
487
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4,
change the paper in the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
Once you have inserted the cassette after changing the paper, the screen for setting cassette paper
information appears. Set paper information for the paper in the cassette.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to set, tap
(Back). The previous screen appears,
showing the paper size and media type. Check the paper settings and set them as cassette paper
information.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on
the touch screen.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in
the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
• To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the
printer:
Feed settings
• To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Mac OS)
488
2900
Cause
Scanning print head alignment sheet failed.
What to Do
Select OK on the printer's touch screen and check the following.
• Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen
glass.
• Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.
• Make sure the loaded paper is correct.
For print head alignment, load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
• Make sure the print head nozzle is not clogged.
Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern.
After checking the above, start over auto print head alignment from the beginning.
If the error is still not resolved, try manual print head alignment.
489
2901
Cause
Print head alignment pattern has been printed and printer is waiting to scan sheet.
What to Do
Scan the printed alignment pattern.
1. Load print head alignment sheet on platen glass.
Place the printed side down and align the mark
alignment mark
in the bottom right corner of the sheet with the
.
2. Slowly close the document cover and select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and automatically adjusts the print head
position.
490
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Tap Stop on the touch screen to cancel printing.
Then change the print settings and retry printing.
491
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
492
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
493
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Cancel printing and turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during
transportation, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
494
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
495
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
496
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
497
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Cancel printing and turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during
transportation, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch white belt (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
498